JP2020022894A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of raising a player's attention degree to a game.SOLUTION: The game machine includes: variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of symbols; and expectation performance execution means for executing, on the variable display means, a ready-to-win display as an expectation performance for making a player expect that a game state may be transferred to a specific control state advantageous to the player. The ready-to-win display includes a plurality of stories continuing time-sequentially. The expectation performance execution means includes: a story selection part for selecting any story out of the plurality of stories as a subsequent-stage story; a preceding-stage story selection part for selecting a preceding-stage story that is a time-sequentially preceding story of the subsequent-stage story; a fast-forward performance execution part for executing a fast-forward performance that, after progressing the preceding-stage story at fast speed, connecting it to the subsequent story, and progressing it at normal speed; and an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which story out of the plurality of stories is currently progressed.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 45

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine provided with a variable display unit that displays a plurality of patterns in a variable manner (for example, see Patent Literature 1). This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operating port, and starts a variation display of a picture. For example, when the gaming machine wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine finally stops and displays a specific pattern combination on the display device, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, for example, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs a reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will be shifted to the specific control state after starting the fluctuation display of the pattern. The reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in chronological order, performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, and increases the sense of expectation of the player.

JP 2005-074175 A

  However, such an effect of fast-forwarding a part of the story is such that the progress of the story is fast and the content is difficult to understand, so that it is difficult for the player to judge the magnitude of the expectation, and thus the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may decrease.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving a player's attention to a game.

  The gaming machine of the present invention has a variable display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, and an expectation that causes the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the variable display means. A gaming machine comprising: an expected effect execution unit that executes a reach display as an effect, wherein the reach display includes a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series, and the expected effect execution unit includes one of the plurality of stories. The story selection section that selects the story of the first story as the second story, the first story selection section that selects the first story in chronological order before the second story, the fast story of the first story, and then connects to the second story. A fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect that proceeds at a normal speed, and which of the multiple stories Characterized in that it comprises a story type notifying unit for notifying the player of the dolphin.

  ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the attention degree to a game of a player can be improved.

Front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment of the present invention. Front view of gaming board Enlarged view of the vicinity of the right variable ball entry mechanism Figure showing the display screen of the symbol display device Block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine Diagram showing the contents of each counter used for internal lottery The figure which shows the electric work success / failure table which memorized the value of the random number which wins the small hit occurrence The figure which shows the success / failure table which memorized the value of the random number which wins in hit occurrence The figure which shows the distribution table which stored the value of the random number regarding the distribution destination of a hit type The figure which shows the flowchart of timer interrupt processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the winning processing for through. The figure which shows the flowchart of a winning process for an operating port The figure which shows the flowchart of normal processing The figure which shows the flowchart of a main process The figure which shows the flowchart of game time control processing The figure which shows the flowchart of a data setting process The figure which shows the flowchart of a fluctuation start process The figure which shows the flowchart of a game state transition process The figure which shows the flowchart of a special winning opening opening and closing process The figure which shows the flowchart of a special winning opening process The figure which shows the flowchart of the transition process at the time of completion | finish of opening / closing execution mode The figure which shows the flowchart of a variable ball entry execution process The figure which shows the flowchart of a process for electric role support The figure which shows the flowchart of the electric variation change start processing The figure which shows the flowchart of an electric accessory opening process FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of a sound emission control device and a display control device. The figure which shows the flowchart of the timer interruption process performed by a sound light emission control apparatus. The figure which shows the flowchart of an effect determination process The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination processing of a blade member opening notification effect. The figure which shows the opening and closing of a blade member, and the timing which produces | generates a blade member opening notification effect Diagram showing the relationship between game results and game state Figure showing a game effect for low-frequency support mode when a game ball wins in the lower working opening triggered by winning in the center through gate Enlarged view showing the area around the right-side variable ball entry mechanism Figure showing the effect for the game time when a game ball wins in the lower working port triggered by winning in the right through gate in low frequency support mode Enlarged view showing the area around the right-side variable ball entry mechanism Front view of the game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention The figure which shows the flowchart of the electric variation change start processing The figure which shows the flowchart of the process for electric role support which concerns on the modification of 2nd Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination processing of the effect pattern which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing super reach when a story with low expectations is selected The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when the story of the medium expectation degree is selected The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when the story of high expectation is selected The figure which shows the flowchart of a production execution process Diagram showing the relationship of Super Reach duration Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to medium-expected stories Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with medium expectation to a story with high expectation Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to high-expected stories The figure which shows the flowchart of the determination process of the effect pattern which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. The figure which shows the display screen of the symbol display device when it is replaced with the story of the highest expectation Diagram showing the relationship of Super Reach duration Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to highest-expected stories Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from the story with the highest expectation to the story with the highest expectation Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to high-expected stories The figure which shows the relationship of the duration of the super reach which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to medium-expected stories Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with medium expectation to a story with high expectation Diagram showing the flow of super reach that can be promoted from low-expected stories to high-expected stories

[First Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
The pachinko machine 10 is a pachinko gaming machine that is a kind of gaming machine. As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a game machine main body rotatably attached to the outer frame 11 forward (front side). 12 are provided.

  The gaming machine main body 12 is provided with an inner frame (not shown) supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be rotatable with one of the left and right side portions as a support side, and is disposed in front of the inner frame. The front door frame 13 is supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable forward with one of the portions as a support side, and is disposed at the rear of the inner frame, and one of the left and right side portions is defined as a support side and And a back pack unit (not shown) supported by the inner frame so as to be rotatable.

  Note that the gaming machine body 12 includes a locking device (not shown) provided at the tip end of the rotation. This locking device has a function of setting the gaming machine main body 12 to a locked state in which it cannot be opened with respect to the outer frame 11, and a function of setting the front door frame 13 to be in a locked state in which it cannot be opened with respect to the inner frame. Have. These locked states are released by performing an unlocking operation using an unlocking key on the cylinder lock 14 exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10.

The front door frame 13 has a substantially elliptical window 21 provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame, and a window panel 22 fitted in the window 21. In the present embodiment, the window panel 22 is formed of glass to be colorless and transparent, but may be formed of synthetic resin and the like to be colorless and transparent.
The front door frame 13 includes a display lamp unit 23 provided above the window 21 as a part of a light emitting unit including various lamp units provided around the window unit 21, and a display lamp unit. The speaker unit 24 is provided on both the left and right sides of the speaker unit 23 and outputs a sound effect or the like according to a game situation. I have.

The upper bulging portion 25 and the lower bulging portion 26 are vertically arranged side by side, and are provided so as to bulge forward.
The upper swelling portion 25 has an upper plate 25a provided inside so as to open upward, and a push button 25b which receives input of information when operated by a player. The upper plate 25a temporarily stores the game balls paid out by the payout device 71 (see FIG. 5) provided in the back pack unit, and moves toward the game ball launching mechanism 81 (see FIG. 5) side while aligning them in a line. Has a function to guide. The push button 25b functions as an operating unit that executes an expected effect that, when operated by the player, causes the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player.
The lower swelling portion 26 also has a lower plate 26a provided on the inside so as to open upward. The lower plate 26a has a function of storing surplus game balls in the upper plate 25a.

  Further, the front door frame 13 is provided with a firing handle 27 as firing means provided to the right of the lower plate 26a. The firing handle 27 is operated by a player of the pachinko machine 10 to fire a game ball from a game ball firing mechanism 81 provided below the inner frame toward a game area provided above the inner frame. I do. The firing handle 27 changes the firing strength of a game ball that fires toward the game area, that is, the momentum of firing, by changing the amount of rotation operation.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 31 has an inner rail portion 32 and an outer rail portion 33 attached to its surface, and is mounted on an inner frame. The above-mentioned game area is formed on the game board 31 so as to be partitioned by the inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33. In the game area, substantially the entire area can be visually recognized from the front through the window 21.
The inner rail portion 32 and the outer rail portion 33 constitute a guide rail 34 for playing a game ball to a game area. The guided game ball is guided to the upper part of the game area.

  The guide rail 34 is formed so that its exit portion is disposed on one side of the game area and faces the upper center of the game area. For this reason, the reaching position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area is shifted from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the opposite side as the amount of rotation of the firing handle 27 by the player increases. It shifts to the side. In the present embodiment, the exit of the guide rail 34 is provided on the left side of the game area.

  The game board 31 has a plurality of large and small openings formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. In addition, the game board 31 includes a general winning port 35, an upper working port (first starting ball section) 36, a lower working port (second starting ball section) 37, a variable winning device 38, And an outlet 39. The game board 31 includes a right variable ball-entering mechanism 40 provided above the variable winning device 38, two through gates 41 provided above the upper operating port 36 and at the center right side, and a right upper part at the upper part. It has a main display device 42 provided, a variable display unit 43 provided at the center, and the like. Furthermore, the game board 31 has a large number of nails 44 and various members (accessories) such as windmills, which are implanted for appropriately dispersing or adjusting the falling direction of the game ball, in the game area. ing.

  Each of the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, and the various winning openings of the variable winning device 38 includes detection sensors 50a to 50d (see FIG. 5) for detecting the entry of a game ball. Are provided on the back side of the game board 31. Specifically, the general winning opening 35 includes a detection sensor 50a, the upper operating opening 36 includes a detection sensor 50b, the lower operating opening 37 includes a detection sensor 50c, and the variable winning device 38 includes a detection sensor 50d. It has. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50d. The detection sensors 50a to 50d may be of any type as long as they can individually detect a prize of a game ball, and for example, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor or the like may be employed.

  More specifically, the pachinko machine 10 executes payout of ten prize balls when a ball enters the general winning opening 35. The pachinko machine 10 pays out three prize balls when a ball enters the upper working port 36 and when a ball enters the lower working port 37. The pachinko machine 10 executes payout of 15 prize balls when a ball enters the variable prize device 38. The number of these prize balls is arbitrary. For example, the number of prize balls in each of the operation ports 36 and 37 may be different.

  The out port 39 is provided at the lowermost part of the game area of the game board 31. Game balls that have not entered the various winning ports are discharged from the game area through the out port 39. The out port 39 includes a detection sensor 50e (see FIG. 5) for detecting the entry of a game ball, and this detection sensor 50e is disposed on the back side of the game board 31. The pachinko machine 10 does not pay out prize balls when a ball enters the out port 39, unlike when a ball enters any of the winning ports.

The through gate 41 includes a central through gate 411 provided above the upper operation port 36 and a right through gate 412 provided on the right side of the central portion, and when a game ball enters, an internal lottery is performed. Execute
The central through gate 411 includes a detection sensor 50f (see FIG. 5) for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the prize balls when the ball enters the central through gate 411, unlike when the ball enters the various winning ports.
The right through gate 412 includes a detection sensor 50g (see FIG. 5) for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the prize balls when the ball enters the right through gate 412, unlike the case where the ball enters the various winning ports.
Therefore, the through gate 41 functions as a plurality of ball entry means provided in the game area for allowing game balls to enter.

  Here, the entering ball means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening, and is not only discharged from the game area after passing through the opening, but also discharged from the game area after passing through the opening. This also includes a mode in which the flow of the game area continues without flowing. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish a game ball from entering the out port 39, entering a game ball into various winning ports is also referred to as winning. Also, entering a ball into the through gate 41 means continuing flowing down the game area without passing through the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. The entry into the through gate 41 is also referred to as a prize, as is the entry into various prize openings.

  The upper working port 36 and the lower working port 37 are unitized as working port devices and installed on the game board 31. Each of the operating ports 36 and 37 is opened upward so that a game ball flowing down the game area can enter, and the upper operating port 36 is arranged above and the lower operating port 37 is arranged below. Are arranged side by side vertically. The lower working port 37 has an electric accessory 37a as a guide piece (support piece) constituted by a pair of left and right movable pieces.

  The electric accessory 37a is connected to an electric accessory drive 37b mounted on the back side of the game board 31. The electric accessory 37a is set in one of a closed state (non-support state or non-guide state) and an open state (support state or guide state) by being driven by the electric accessory drive section 37b. The closed state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is closed by bringing the upper end of the electric accessory 37a close to the left and right direction. The open state is a state in which the lower working port 37 is opened by separating the upper end of the electric accessory 37a in the left-right direction.

  Here, when the electric accessory 37a is set in the closed state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom surface of the upper working port 36 is smaller than one game ball. When the electric accessory 37a is set in the open state, the distance between the upper end of the electric accessory 37a and the bottom of the upper working port 36 is wider than one game ball. Therefore, when the electric accessory 37a is set to the closed state, the gaming ball cannot win the lower operating port 37, and when the electric ball 37a is set to the open state, the gaming ball can win the lower operating port 37. it can.

  In addition, the electric accessory 37a is replaced with the above-mentioned closed state and the opened state, in which the lower operating port 37 is in a state where it is difficult for game balls to win (in a state different from the closed state in which game balls can enter), A configuration in which a state in which a game ball easily wins in the operation port 37 may be switched may be adopted. Further, the lower working port 37 may be configured not to perform such switching by the setting of the electric accessory 37a but to be performed by displacement of the lower working port 37. In such a case, the lower working port 37 is configured. The 37 does not need to include the electric accessory 37a.

The variable winning device 38 drives a large winning opening 38a that opens upward so that game balls flowing down the game area can enter, a door 38b for opening and closing the large winning opening 38a, and a door 38b. And a variable winning drive unit 38c.
Note that the player maximizes the rotational operation amount of the firing handle 27, and sets the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side of the guide rail 34 where the exit portion is formed to the side opposite to the side. By shifting to the side, the game ball can be guided to the variable winning device 38 and the right variable ball-in mechanism 40 avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like.

Further, the player sets the amount of rotation of the firing handle 27 to a medium amount, and shifts the arrival position of the game ball at the upper part of the game area from the side of the guide rail 34 where the exit portion is formed to the center of the game area. By shifting, a game ball can be guided to the center through gate 411.
Therefore, the center through gate 411 functions as a first ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball launched by the launch handle 27 to enter the center (first path) of the game area. I do.

Further, the player maximizes the rotation operation amount of the firing handle 27 and sets the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area from the side where the exit portion of the guide rail 34 is formed to the side opposite to the side. The game ball can be guided to the right through gate 412 by shifting to the side.
Accordingly, the right through gate 412 functions as a second ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball fired by the firing handle 27 to enter the right side (second route) of the game area. I do.

Here, the game board 31 includes a cover 381 provided so as to cover the front side of the variable winning device 38. The cover 381 is provided with a transparent (or translucent) transparent panel 381a so as to make the variable winning device 38 visible from the front side, and is provided around the transparent panel 381a, and is opaquely formed. And a panel 381b.
Therefore, the player can visually recognize the variable winning device 38 from the front via the transparent panel 381a and the window 21.

  The special winning opening 38a is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. As described above, the special winning opening 38a includes the detection sensor 50d for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 pays out a predetermined number of prize balls based on the detection result.

The opening / closing door 38b is formed in a rectangular plate shape, and is provided on the game board 31 so as to close the opening of the special winning opening 38a. The opening / closing door 38b advances toward the window panel 22 and protrudes from the game board 31, thereby closing the opening of the special winning opening 38a, and retreating toward the inside of the game board 31 to play the game board. 31 so as to open the large winning opening 38a.
The variable winning drive unit 38c drives the open / close door 38b to set the open / close door 38b to one of an open state and a closed state.

Specifically, the opening / closing door 38b is normally set to a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won. Then, in the internal lottery, the player wins the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, and when the mode shifts to the opening / closing execution mode, the opening / closing door 38b is set to an open state in which game balls can win.
The opening / closing execution mode (specific control state) refers to a mode in which the opening / closing door 38b is set to an open state and game balls can enter the special winning opening 38a. In addition, in the opening / closing execution mode, a period from when the opening / closing door 38b is set to the open state to when it is set to the closed state again is referred to as one round game.

FIG. 3 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the right variable ball input mechanism.
As shown in FIG. 3, the right-side variable ball-in mechanism 40 guides a game ball flowing down the game area into the right-side variable ball-in mechanism 40, and the right-side variable ball-in mechanism 40 in the guide section 401. Guide path 402 for guiding the game ball guided to the entrance of the game, a switching unit 403 for switching the destination of the game ball guided by the guide path 402, and a right entrance 404 provided at the guide destination of the guide path 402 And a left entrance 405.

  The guiding portion 401 includes a blade member 401 a provided on the game board 31 so as to close an entrance formed on the right side of the right variable ball-in mechanism 40, and a blade member about an axis perpendicular to the board surface of the game board 31. It includes a pin 401b that rotatably supports 401a, and a blade member driving unit 401c that drives the blade member 401a.

The blade member 401a rotates counterclockwise about the pin 401b, thereby closing the entrance of the right-side variable ball input mechanism 40 (indicated by a dashed line in the figure) and rotating clockwise about the pin 401b. The opening state (solid line in the figure) of opening the entrance of the right-side variable ball entry mechanism 40 by moving. In the open state, the blade member 401a is inclined so as to descend toward the entrance side of the right variable ball input mechanism 40.
The blade member driving unit 401c sets the blade member 401a to one of the closed state and the open state by driving the blade member 401a.

Therefore, when the wing member 401a is set to the open state by the wing member driving unit 401c, the game ball travels along the wing member 401a by utilizing the inclination of the wing member 401a and enters the right variable ball input mechanism 40. (Solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the wing member 401a is set to the open state by the wing member driving unit 401c, the game ball does not enter the right variable ball-input mechanism 40 (indicated by a dashed line in the figure).

  The guide passage 402 is formed to have such a width that a plurality of game balls cannot pass through the passage at the same time. The guide passage 402 branches into two branches in the middle thereof, and has an upstream guide passage 402a located upstream of the branch and two downstream guide passages 402b and 402c located downstream. .

  The upstream guide path 402a guides the game ball guided to the entrance of the right variable ball-in mechanism 40 by the guiding portion 401 from the entrance of the right variable ball-in mechanism 40 to the branch position of the guide path 402. The upstream guide passage 402a is inclined so as to descend from the entrance of the right variable ball input mechanism 40 toward the branch position of the guide passage 402. Therefore, the game ball reaches the branch position of the guide passage 402 along the upstream guide passage 402a using the inclination of the upstream guide passage 402a.

The downstream guide passage 402b is provided at a position near the branch position of the guide passage 402. Further, the downstream guide passage 402b is formed along the vertical direction so that the game ball drops from the branch position of the guide passage 402. The downstream guide passage 402b guides the game ball reaching the branch position of the guide passage 402 to the right entrance 404 through the upstream guide passage 402a.
The downstream guide passage 402c is provided at a position far from the branch position of the guide passage 402. Further, the downstream guide passage 402c is formed along the vertical direction so that the game ball drops from the branch position of the guide passage 402. The downstream guide passage 402c guides the game ball reaching the branch position of the guide passage 402 to the left entrance 405 through the upstream guide passage 402a.

  The switching unit 403 supports the plate 403a provided on the game board 31 so as to close the entrance of the downstream guide passage 402b and the plate 403a so as to be rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the board surface of the game board 31. It includes a pin 403b and a plate driving unit 403c for driving the plate 403a.

The plate 403a rotates clockwise about the pin 403b, thereby closing the inlet of the downstream guide passage 402b (two-dot chain line in the figure), and rotating counterclockwise about the pin 403b. By doing so, it has an open state (solid line in the figure) in which the entrance of the downstream guide passage 402c is closed and the entrance of the downstream guide passage 402b is opened. In the closed state, the plate 403a is inclined so as to descend toward the downstream guide passage 402c.
The plate driving unit 403c sets the plate 403a to one of the closed state and the open state by driving the plate 403a.

Therefore, when the plate 403a is set to the open state by the plate driving unit 403c, the game ball that has reached the branch position of the guide passage 402 is guided to the entrance of the downstream guide passage 402b, and then the right entrance port. The ball enters 404 (solid line in the figure).
On the other hand, when the plate 403a is set to the closed state by the plate driving unit 403c, the game ball reaching the branch position of the guide passage 402 travels down the plate 403a by utilizing the inclination of the plate 403a. After being guided to the entrance of the side guide passage 402c, the ball enters the left entrance 405 (two-dot chain line in the figure).

  The right entrance 404 is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. The right entrance 404 has a detection sensor 50h for detecting the entry of a game ball. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the prize ball when the ball enters the right entrance 404, unlike the case where the ball enters the various winning openings.

  The left entrance 405 is provided in an opening formed in the game area so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. The game ball that has entered the left entrance 405 joins the game ball that has passed through the above-described exit 39 and is discharged from the game area. The pachinko machine 10 does not execute the payout of the prize balls when the ball enters the left entrance 405, unlike the case where the ball enters the various winning openings.

The pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening / closing execution mode when a ball enters the right entrance 404, so that the downstream guide path 402b for guiding the game ball to the right entrance 404 has an opening / closing operation. The letter “V” indicating that the mode is shifted to the mode is displayed.
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 does not shift to the opening / closing execution mode when a ball enters the left entrance 405, so that the downstream guide path 402c that guides the game ball to the left entrance 405 includes: The character “x” indicating that the mode does not shift to the open / close execution mode is displayed.

Here, the blade member 401a and the plate 403a are normally set to a closed state where a game ball cannot be won. Then, in the internal lottery, when a transition to the variable pitch execution mode is won and the mode is switched to the variable pitch execution mode, the blade member 401a and the plate 403a are set to an open state in which a game ball can win.
Note that the variable ball entry execution mode is such that the blade member 401a is set to an open state, game balls can enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 40, and the plate 403a is set to an open state or a closed state. This refers to a mode in which a game ball can enter either the entrance 404 or the left entrance 405. In the variable ball input execution mode, the time (open period) from when the plate 403a is set to the open state to when the plate 403a is set to the closed state is set after the blade member 401a is set to the open state and then set to the closed state again. It is shorter than the time (opening period) until it does. Specifically, the open period of the plate 403a is about 1/10 of the open period of the blade member 401a.

As shown in FIG. 2, the main display device 42 has a main display unit 45 and an accessory display unit 46, and includes a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined mode, a dot display, and the like. And a plurality of display devices.
The main display device 42 is provided on the game board 31 so as to protrude toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. That is, the main display device 42 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 via the window panel 22. Further, the distance between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22 is smaller than one game ball. Thereby, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling between the main display device 42 and the window panel 22. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game ball from falling in front of the main display device 42.

  The main display unit 45 includes a first result display unit 45a for displaying a result of an internal lottery performed based on a prize in the upper operating port 36, and an internal unit performed based on a prize in the lower operating port 37. A second result display section 45b for displaying the result of the lottery (see FIG. 5). The main display unit 45 may further include a round display unit for specifying the number of round games in the open / close execution mode when the open / close execution mode is set (or when the open / close execution mode is set). .

The first result display unit 45a executes the display of the variation of the picture with the winning of the upper operating port 36 as a trigger, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper operating port 36 as a result of stopping the variable display. Display the result of When the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the open / close execution mode, the first result display unit 45a displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
The second result display unit 45b executes the display of the variation of the picture with the winning of the lower operation port 37 as a trigger, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower operation port 37 as a result of stopping the fluctuation display. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the transition to the variable ball entry execution mode, the second result display unit 45b displays a predetermined stop result. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the variable ball entry execution mode. In addition, when the ball enters the right entrance 404 in the variable ball entry execution mode in the variable ball entry execution mode, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.

  The display unit 46 for the character executes the display of the variation of the pattern with the winning of each through gate 41 as a trigger, and, as a result of stopping the display of the variation, an internal lottery performed based on the winning of each through gate 41. Display the result of If the result of the internal lottery is a result corresponding to the shift to the electric utility open state, the accessory display unit 46 displays a predetermined stop result. After that, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the electric utility open state. In the electric-combination open state, the electric combination 37a provided in the lower working port 37 is opened in a predetermined manner.

  In the present embodiment, the main display unit 45 and the accessory display unit 46 are configured by segment displays, but are not limited thereto, and may be a liquid crystal display, an organic EL display, a CRT, It may be constituted by another type of display device such as a dot matrix. Further, as a pattern to be variably displayed on the main display section 45 and the accessory display section 46, a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed, a configuration in which a plurality of types of symbols are variably displayed, and a configuration in which a plurality of types of characters are variably displayed. Or a configuration in which a plurality of colors are switched and displayed.

  The variable display unit 43 includes a symbol display device 51 for variably displaying (variable display or switching display) a symbol which is a kind of symbol. Further, the variable display unit 43 includes a center frame 52 disposed so as to surround the symbol display device 51. The upper portion of the center frame 52 is provided so as to bulge toward the window panel 22 provided on the front side thereof. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 prevents the game balls from falling in front of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and does not cause inconvenience such that the visibility of the display screen G is reduced due to the game balls falling. It has a configuration.

The symbol display device 51 is configured as a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal display. The symbol display device 51 starts displaying symbols in a variable manner based on a winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. That is, the symbol display device 51 performs the variable display on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 and the variable display on the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, The variable display is executed accordingly.
The symbol display device 51 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, but may be another display device such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

  The center frame 52 includes a first holding lamp unit 53 provided in a lower left region of the symbol display device 51 and a second holding lamp unit 54 provided in a lower right region of the symbol display device 51. I have.

The first holding lamp unit 53 is a part for displaying the number of held game balls that have won the upper operation port 36, and lights up according to the number of held balls. The first holding lamp unit 53 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the first result display unit 45a and the symbol display device 51.
The second holding lamp unit 54 is a part for displaying the number of held game balls that have won the lower operation port 37, and lights up in accordance with the number of held balls. The second holding lamp unit 54 can hold up to four game balls, and corresponds to the variable display of the second result display unit 45b and the symbol display device 51.

Each of the holding lamp sections 53 and 54 may have another configuration such as being displayed as an image on a part of the symbol display device 51.
In the present embodiment, a first holding lamp unit 53 that displays the number of game balls winning in the upper operating port 36 and a second holding lamp unit that displays the number of gaming balls winning in the lower operating port 37. 54, a through lamp 41 may be provided to display the number of pending game balls in each through gate 41.

FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of the symbol display device. More specifically, FIG. 4A is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a case where the variation display of the symbol is executed with the winning of the upper operating port 36 as a trigger, and FIG. FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a case where a change display of a pattern is executed with a winning in the lower operating port 37 as a trigger.
As shown in FIG. 4, the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 is divided into three rows of display areas, and each display area includes a left symbol row Z1, a middle symbol row Z2, and a right symbol in order from the left. Column Z3 is displayed. In FIG. 4, the center line of each display area is indicated by a one-dot chain line.

When the display of the pattern is changed with the winning of the upper working port 36 as a trigger, each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is composed of numbers “1” to “8” as shown in FIG. The eight types of symbols are arranged in ascending order from below to above, and are arranged such that "1" follows "8".
When the display of the pattern is changed with the winning of the lower operating port 37 as a trigger, each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 is composed of the alphabetic characters “A” to “C” as shown in FIG. The three types of symbols are arranged in ascending order from below to above, and are arranged so that "C" is followed by "A".
Therefore, the player sees the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and confirms which of the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 is performing the variable display of the pattern with the winning as a trigger. can do.

The symbol display device 51 is configured to periodically scroll the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment) based on winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. By starting the variable display of the symbols, the effect for the game round is executed on the display screen G. In the effect for the game round, the display is switched from the variable display to the stop display in the order of the left symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2. End with state.
That is, the game times refer to a period after the variable display is started on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 based on the winning in each of the operating ports 36 and 37, and until a predetermined stop result is displayed.

  In addition, the aspect of the symbol change display in the symbol display device 51 is not limited to this, and is arbitrary. For example, the number of symbol rows, the direction of scrolling of each symbol row, the number of symbols in each symbol row, and the like can be appropriately changed. In addition, the symbols in each symbol row may be a mode in which a picture is combined with a number or an alphabetic character, or may be a mode only with a picture, instead of the mode using only numbers or alphabets.

In addition, in the lower left display area of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, a symbol GS for electric winning is displayed. The electric symbol GS is configured by arranging two types of symbols composed of symbols “O” and “X” in the left-right direction.
On the display screen G, the symbol display device 51 starts changing display of symbols by alternately changing the lightness and darkness of the symbols “O” and “X” based on the winning in each through gate 41. Performs an effect for the electrical play game. The effect for this electric playing game is switched from the fluctuation display to the stop display, and finally, one of the symbols “O” and “X” is brightened, and the other is darkened and the stop display is performed. It ends in the state where it did.
That is, the electric game time refers to a period from when the variable display is started on the accessory display section 46 and the symbol display device 51 based on the winning in the through gate 41, until a predetermined stop result is displayed. .

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the display unit 46 for the accessory and the symbol display device 51 execute the variable display when the game ball enters each through gate 41, and as a result of stopping the variable display. , Functions as a display unit for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into each through gate 41.

<Electrical configuration of pachinko machine 10>
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine.
As shown in FIG. 5, the pachinko machine 10 includes a main control device 60, a sound emission control device 90, and a display control device 100, and these devices are mounted on the back side of the inner frame. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 includes a payout control device 70 that executes payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out game balls, and a power supply that executes firing control for causing the game ball firing mechanism 81 to fire game balls. And a launch control device 80. These devices are mounted on the backpack unit.

  The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 for performing main control (main control) of a game, and a power failure monitoring board 65 for monitoring a power supply. The main control device 60 includes a board box that houses the main control board 61 and the like. The substrate box may include a trace unit that leaves a trace when opened, or may have a trace structure that leaves a trace when opened. Specifically, as the trace means, a board box is formed by connecting a plurality of case bodies, and a connection section (caulking section) that requires destruction of a predetermined portion when separating each case body, or a peeling-off method. At this time, a configuration may be adopted in which a sealing seal that leaves a trace that the adhesive layer has been peeled off because it remains on the bonding object is applied across the boundary between the plurality of case bodies. Further, as the trace structure, a configuration in which an adhesive is applied to the boundary between these case bodies can be adopted.

The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 mounted on the main control board 61, and a ROM 63 and a RAM 64 constituting the MPU 62. Here, the MPU 62 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, a counter circuit as a random number generator, and the like are combined into a chip in addition to the ROM 63 and the RAM 64.
In the present embodiment, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 are formed as one chip with respect to the MPU 62, but may be formed as individual chips. This is the same for MPUs of other control devices other than the main control device 60.

The ROM 63 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require an external power supply when storing the stored information. The ROM 63 has various areas such as a win / fail table storage area 63a, a distribution table storage area 63b, a power win / fail table storage area 63c, and a reach table storage area 63d. These areas will be described later in detail.
The RAM 64 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the ROM 63, and is a volatile storage unit that requires an external power supply when retaining the stored information. It is. The RAM 64 has various areas such as various counter areas 64a, reserved ball storage areas 64b, and various flag storage areas 64c. These areas will be described later in detail.

  The MPU 62 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 62 is connected to a power failure monitoring board 65 provided in the main control device 60 and a plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h. The output port of the MPU 62 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 65, the payout control device 70, and the sound emission control device 90. The output port of the MPU 62 includes an electric accessory drive 37b for opening and closing the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37, a variable winning drive 38c for opening and closing the opening and closing door 38b of the variable winning device 38, and a blade member. The blade drive unit 401c that opens and closes the opening 401a, the plate drive unit 403c that opens and closes the plate 403a, the main display unit 45, and the accessory display unit 46 are connected.

  The main control board 61 has a driver circuit. The MPU 62 controls driving of various driving units and the like through the driver circuit. Specifically, in the electric-combination open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric-combination accessory driving unit 37b to open and close the electric combination 37a. In the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 controls the driving of the variable winning drive unit 38c to open and close the special winning opening 38a. Further, in the variable ball input execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c to open and close the blade member 401a, and executes drive control of the plate drive unit 403c to open and close the plate 403a. Further, in each game time, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the main display unit 45 and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in each of the operating ports 36 and 37. Further, in the electric gaming session, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the display unit 46 for the accessory, and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in each through gate 41.

The power failure monitoring board 65 relays the main control board 61 and a power supply / emission control device 80 having a function of supplying operating power, and monitors a DC stable 24 volt voltage output from the power supply / emission control device 80. . Therefore, the MPU 62 receives power via the power failure monitoring board 65.
The detection sensors 50a to 50h are connected to the general winning opening 35, the upper operating opening 36, the lower operating opening 37, various winning openings of the variable winning device 38, the out opening 39, the right entrance opening 404, and each through gate 41. They are provided in a one-to-one correspondence. The MPU 62 makes a winning judgment (judging a ball) to the various winning ports, the out port 39, the right entrance port 404, and each through gate 41 based on the detection results of the detection sensors 50a to 50h. In addition, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery based on a winning determination in the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37.

  The payout control device 70 executes payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out a prize ball or a lending ball (a game ball to be lent to a player when playing a game) based on a command (control command) transmitted from the main control device 60. I do.

  The power supply / emission control device 80 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. The power supply / emission control device 80 generates necessary operating power for the main control board 61, the payout control device 70, and the like based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, and generates the generated operation power. Supply power. The power supply / emission control device 80 includes a power supply unit at the time of power failure such as a backup capacitor. The power supply unit for power interruption supplies power for storage retention to the RAM 64 of the main controller 60 even when power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is interrupted.

  In addition, the power supply / launch control device 80 executes launch control for causing the gaming ball launch mechanism 81 to launch game balls. Here, the game ball launching mechanism 81 includes a launch rail extending toward the guide rail 34 of the game board 31, a ball feeder that supplies game balls stored in the upper plate 25a to the launch rail, And a solenoid which is an electric actuator for firing the game ball supplied to the guide rail 34. The power supply / launch control device 80 supplies a drive signal (launch permission signal) to this solenoid to launch a game ball when predetermined launch conditions are satisfied.

<Electrical configuration for executing internal lottery in MPU 62 of main controller 60>
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the contents of each counter used for the internal lottery.
As shown in FIG. 6, the MPU 62 executes an internal lottery or the like by using the values (information) of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4. Specifically, the MPU 62 uses the random number counter C1 in the lottery of the hit occurrence, uses the type counter C2 in the lottery of the hit type when the hit occurs, and reaches the lottery to determine whether or not to generate the reach display. The random number counter C3 is used. Further, the MPU 62 uses the random number initial value counter CINI to set the initial value of the hit random number counter C1, and uses the variation type counter CS to determine the display continuation time in the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 62 uses the electric accessory opening counter C4 for a lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37 is in the electric opening state. The counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 (see FIG. 5).

  Each time the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 are updated, 1 is added to the previous value, and after reaching the maximum value, it is a loop counter that returns to 0. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. Of the values stored in the lottery counter buffer, the respective values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random counter C3 are stored in the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working port 36 or the lower working port 37. Is stored in a reserved ball storage area 64b (see FIG. 5) provided as an acquired information storage means.

  The reserved ball storage area 64b includes a reserved area Ra for a first result display unit, a reserved area Rb for a second result display unit, and an execution area AE.

  The first result display section reserved area Ra provided as the first acquired information storage means has four storage areas of a first area Ra1 to a fourth area Ra4. Each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of respective values of a hit random number counter C1, a hit type counter C2, and a reach random number counter C3. The MPU 62 sets each set of values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as holding information in time series in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 in accordance with the winning of a game ball to the upper operating port 36. Store. Specifically, when the winning in the upper working port 36 occurs plural times consecutively, the MPU 62 stores the hold information in the order of the first area Ra1, the second area Ra2, the third area Ra3, and the fourth area Ra4. Store in chronological order.

As described above, since the first result display section holding area Ra includes four storage areas, up to four winning prizes of game balls to the upper operating port 36 are held. Further, the first result display section holding area Ra has a storage area for writing the number of holdings stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4.
It should be noted that the number of reserves relating to the upper working port 36 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plural such as two, three, or five or more, and may be singular. You may.

  The second result display section holding area Rb provided as the second acquisition information storage means has four storage areas of a first area Rb1 to a fourth area Rb4. Each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 is set to have a storage capacity capable of storing a set of each value of a hit random number counter C1, a hit type counter C2, and a reach random number counter C3. Further, each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 activates the electric accessory 37a of the lower operating port 37 when a winning in one of the center through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 triggers when the electric playing game is completed. The storage capacity is also set so that information (through gate information) related to whether the role has been opened can be stored. The MPU 62 sets each set of values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 as holding information in time series in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of a game ball to the lower operating port 37. In addition to the storing, the through gate information is stored in time series in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 in accordance with the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37. More specifically, when a winning in the lower operating port 37 occurs consecutively a plurality of times, the MPU 62 sets the hold information and the order of the first area Rb1, the second area Rb2, the third area Rb3, and the fourth area Rb4 in this order. The through gate information is stored in chronological order.

As described above, since the second result display section holding area Rb has four storage areas, winning of game balls to the lower operation port 37 is held up to a maximum of four. Further, the second result display section holding area Rb has a storage area for writing the number of holdings stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4.
It should be noted that the number of reserves related to the lower working port 37 is not limited to four and is arbitrary, and may be another plural number such as two, three, or five or more, and is singular. You may.

  The execution area AE stores the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display part holding area Ra or the second result display part holding area Rb when the variable display of each of the result display parts 45a and 45b is started. And an area for moving through gate information.

<Detailed description of each counter>
Hereinafter, details of each counter will be described.
First, the electric accessory opening counter C4 will be described. The electric accessory opening counter C4 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 250 by adding 1 to the previous value and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 250 each time the update is performed. ing.
The electric accessory release counter C4 is updated periodically, and the updated value is stored in the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins in each through gate 41.
Then, based on the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37 is to be in the electric opening state by a lottery (electric accessory). Open lottery).

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has a plurality of support modes in which the frequencies at which the game balls can be awarded to the lower operation port 37 are different from each other by setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10, the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is relatively low, and the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is relatively low. It has a relatively high high frequency support mode (high frequency guide state).

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an electric winning / failing table storing the value of a random number which wins a small hit occurrence.
As shown in FIG. 7, the value of the random number which wins the occurrence of the small hit among the values of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is, as shown in FIG. (See FIG. 5) is stored as a power handing permission / prohibition table (power handing propriety information group).

Also, the electric role approval / disapproval table is a low-frequency support mode electrical low / high-frequency support mode table shown in FIG. 7A and a high frequency support mode / low-frequency support mode information group shown in FIG. 7B. And an electric power application table (high-frequency electric power application information group).
The MPU 62 executes the lottery of the occurrence of the small hit by comparing these electric-combination success / failure tables with the value of the electric-power-use opening counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer.

These electrification win / fail tables have a lottery result (electric win success / failure result) of a plurality of small hit occurrences of “small hit win” and “missing result”.
Here, the "small hit" is a result of the electrification or non-permission of setting the electric accessory 37a of the lower working port 37 to the electrical-operator open state.

More specifically, in the gaming state in which the small-hit occurrence lottery refers to the low-frequency support mode electric winning / refusal table, as shown in FIG. Are two values. In other words, in the low-frequency support mode, the electric accessory opening lottery wins the small hit occurrence with a probability of about 1/125.
In addition, in the low frequency support mode, a value other than the random number value of “small hit” does not win the small hit occurrence, resulting in “missing result”.

On the other hand, in the gaming state in which the winning combination determination table for the high frequency support mode is referred to at the time of the lottery of the small hit occurrence, as shown in FIG. There are two values.
In addition, in the high frequency support mode, except for the value of the random number that is the “outcome result”, the small hit is won and the “small hit result” is obtained. In other words, in the high-frequency support mode, the motor-powered character opening lottery wins the small hit occurrence with a probability of about 124/125.
In addition, the value and number of random numbers stored in each electrification win / fail table are arbitrary, and the high frequency support mode only needs to have a higher probability of "small hit" than the low frequency support mode. .

Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the game balls are more likely to win the lower operation port 37 than in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the probability that the game ball will win the upper operating port 36 rather than the lower operating port 37 increases. Further, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the gaming ball will win the lower operating port 37 is higher than the upper operating port 36.
When a winning in the lower operating port 37 is detected, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out. In the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of the game balls. It can be carried out.

  The configurations of the low frequency support mode and the high frequency support mode are not limited to these. For example, the high frequency support mode may be configured so that, when a small hit is won, the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state is increased as compared with the low frequency support mode. Further, for example, the high frequency support mode is configured such that, when a small hit is won, one open time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state is longer than that in the low frequency support mode. Is also good. Also, for example, in the high frequency support mode, the closing time for setting the electric accessory 37a to the closed state during each opening in one electric power opening state is shortened as compared with the low frequency support mode. You may comprise. For example, in the high frequency support mode, a minimum securing time (1 in the display unit 46 for the special character) is set as a waiting time from the end of the electric special product opening lottery to the next electric special product opening lottery. (Variable display time) may be configured to be shorter than the low frequency support mode. Further, for example, a plurality of types of securing times may be prepared, and the high frequency support mode may be configured so that the short securing time is easier to select than the low frequency support mode. You may comprise so that it may become short compared with a low frequency support mode. Further, by combining the conditions of the number of times the electric accessory 37a is set to the open state, the opening time, and the securing time, the high frequency support mode sets the frequency of setting the electric accessory 37a to the open state to the low frequency support mode. It may be configured to be relatively high as compared with.

  Next, the hit random number counter C1 will be described. The hit random number counter C1 is a loop counter that loops within a range of 0 to 599 by, for example, adding 1 to the previous value every time the update is performed, reaching the maximum value 599, and returning to 0. . Also, the hit random number counter C1 reads the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time as an initial value every time a loop is performed. Note that the random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 599, similarly to the hit random number counter C1.

The winning random number counter C1 is updated periodically, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Is stored in Specifically, the value of the winning random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display section holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball has won the upper operation port 36, and the game ball has won the lower operation port 37. At the timing, it is stored in the second result display section reserved area Rb of the RAM 64.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery of winning occurrence (win / fail lottery) based on the value of the hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a win / fail table storing the value of a random number which is won for winning.
As shown in FIG. 8, the value of the random number winning in the hit random number counter C1 is stored in a hit / fail table storage area 63a (see FIG. 5) of the ROM 63 provided as the hit / fail information group storage means, as shown in FIG. (Acceptance information group).

The success / failure table includes a first success / failure table (first success / failure information group) illustrated in FIG. 8A and a second success / failure table (second success / failure information group) illustrated in FIG. 8B.
The MPU 62 executes the lottery of the hit occurrence (the occurrence of the big hit or the occurrence of the special hit) by comparing the winning / failure table with the value of the hit random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The first success / failure table indicates that the value of the hit random number counter C1 shifted from the first result display unit holding area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the hit random number counter C1 based on winning in the upper operation port 36, is a big hit. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of occurrence. In the first success / failure table, as shown in FIG. 8A, the two random numbers “7” and “77” as “big hits” are obtained.
In addition, except for the value of the random number which becomes “big hit winning”, a “normal loss result” is obtained without winning the big hit occurrence.

The second success / failure table has a special value for the value of the random number counter C1 shifted from the second result display section holding area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the random number counter C1 based on winning in the lower operation port 37. It is a table referred to when performing a lottery of a hit occurrence. As shown in FIG. 8B, in the second winning / failing table, the number of random numbers for “special winning” is 120 “0 to 119”. In other words, the probability of “special winning” as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the lower operating port 37 is 1/5.
Here, the value of the random number that is the big hit winning stored in the first winning / not winning table is included in the value of the random number that is “special hit winning” stored in the second winning / not winning table.

In addition, except for the value of the random number that is “special hit”, the result is “normally out of order” without winning the special hit.
Note that the value and number of random numbers stored in each hit / fail table are arbitrary. In addition, the value of the random number that is “special hit” stored in the second hit table does not have to include the value of the random number that is “big hit” stored in the first hit table. It may include a part of the value of the random number which is stored as a "big hit" stored in the hit table.

Here, the "big hit win" is a result of the success or failure of shifting to the open / close execution mode.
The “special winning” is a result of the success or failure of shifting to the variable pitching execution mode. Then, in the variable ball entry execution mode, when a ball enters the right entry port 404 in this variable entry execution mode, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open / close execution mode.
In the following description, transition to the open / close execution mode when a ball enters the right entrance 404 is also referred to as occurrence of a big hit.

  Here, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the lower operating port 37, the probability of “special winning” is 1/5, and as described above, the opening period of the plate 403a is Since it is about 1/10 of the opening period of 401a, the probability of winning a jackpot triggered by winning in the lower operating port 37 is about 1/50.

Next, the hit type counter C2 will be described. The hit type counter C2 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 29 by adding 1 to the previous value and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 29 each time the update is performed. .
The hit type counter C2 is updated periodically, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Is stored in Specifically, the value of the hit type counter C2 is stored in the first result display section holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball has won the upper operation port 36, and the game ball has won the lower operation port 37. It is stored in the second result display section reserved area Rb of the RAM 64 at the timing.
Then, based on the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (sort lottery) of the hit type when a hit occurs.

FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a distribution table in which random number values relating to distribution destinations of hit types are stored.
As shown in FIG. 9, the value of the random number related to the distribution destination of the hit type is stored in the distribution table storage area 63b (see FIG. 5) of the ROM 63 provided as the distribution information group storage means. (Minute information group). The distribution table includes a first distribution table (first distribution information group) shown in FIG. 9A and a second distribution table (second distribution information group) shown in FIG. 9B. ing.
The MPU 62 executes the lottery of the hit type by comparing these distribution tables with the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The first distribution table stores the value of the hit type counter C2 shifted from the first result display section holding area Ra to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the hit type counter C2 based on the winning in the upper operating port 36. It is a table which is referred when performing a lottery of a hit type.
As shown in FIG. 9A, the first distribution table includes “low-frequency support mode result (low-frequency support mode-compatible distribution result)” and “high-frequency support mode result (high-frequency support mode-compatible distribution). ) Are assigned as distribution destinations. Specifically, in the first distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the hit type counter C2, “0 to 14” is allocated to the “low frequency support mode result”, and “15 to 29” is allocated to “15 to 29”. High frequency support mode result ".
Therefore, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper operating port 36, the probability of being “low frequency support mode result” is 50%, and the probability of being “high frequency support mode result” is also 50%. is there.

The second distribution table stores the value of the hit type counter C2 shifted from the second result display section holding area Rb to the execution area AE, that is, the value of the hit type counter C2 based on winning in the lower operating port 37. It is a table which is referred when performing a lottery of a hit type.
As shown in FIG. 9B, the second distribution table has distribution destinations of only “high-frequency support mode results (distribution results corresponding to high-frequency support modes)” as the distribution destination. Specifically, in the second distribution table, among the values “0 to 29” of the hit type counter C2, all “0 to 29” are allocated to the “high frequency support mode result”.
Therefore, as a result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the lower operating port 37, the probability of being “low frequency support mode result” is 0%, and the probability of being “low frequency support mode result” is 100%. is there.

The “low-frequency support mode result” is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the low-frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode. This low frequency support mode continues until a jackpot occurs.
The “high-frequency support mode result” is a distribution result in which the support mode is set to the high-frequency support mode after the open / close execution mode ends regardless of the support mode before the end of the open / close execution mode. This high frequency support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode when the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 50 times).
Therefore, the MPU 62 functions as a state transition unit that transitions between the low frequency support mode (normal game state) and the high frequency support mode (specific control state) that is more advantageous for the player than the low frequency support mode.

Next, the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 238 by adding 1 to the previous value and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 238 each time the value is updated. .
The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b of the RAM 64 via the lottery counter buffer at the timing when a game ball wins in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Is stored in More specifically, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display section holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball has won the upper operation port 36, and the game ball has won the lower operation port 37. At the timing, it is stored in the reserved area Rb for the second result display section of the RAM 64.
Then, the MPU 62 executes a lottery (reach generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate a reach display based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved ball storage area 64b.

The reach display is an expected effect that occurs when a “normally out of order result” is achieved without being a “big hit win” or a “special win” in a winning / losing lottery.
Specifically, the MPU 62 stores the result in the reach table and the reserved ball storage area 64b in the case where the result of the normal lottery win or the special hit win does not result in the "normal hit result" in the hit lottery lottery. By comparing with the value of the reach random number counter C3, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not a reach display is to be generated. The reach table is a table storing random number values related to the occurrence of reach display, and is stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 (see FIG. 5).

  Here, when the winning or losing lottery becomes “big hit prize” and is sorted to the “high frequency support mode result” in the sorting lottery, the symbol display device 51 has the same odd number as the stop result. The combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on the activated line L. If the winning lottery is determined to be "big hit" and the sorting is performed to "low-frequency support mode result", the symbol display device 51 displays the symbol having the same even number as the stop result. Are stopped and displayed on the effective line L. Further, in the case of “winning special lottery” in the winning lottery, the symbol display device 51 stops and displays the combination of the symbols having the same alphabetic character on the activated line L as a stop result.

  In the reach display, when a combination of symbols having the same number or the same alphabetic character is finally stopped and displayed (in the case of "winning win" or "special winning" in the winning / rejecting lottery), the reach random number counter C3 is displayed. Occurs regardless of the value of.

The reach display mode is such that some of the symbol rows (for example, the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) among the plurality of symbol rows Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 are placed on the active line L. By stopping and displaying, the same combination of symbols is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in that state, the remaining symbol columns (for example, symbol column Z2) are variably displayed.
Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 generates the reach display, and after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before displaying the predetermined stop result, the “winning lottery” or “special winning” The player can be expected to have won.

  The mode of the reach display is not limited to this, and a part of the symbol columns is stopped and displayed, and the remaining symbol columns are displayed in a variable manner, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image in the background. Alternatively, a predetermined character or the like may be displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G after each symbol row is reduced or displayed.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 has an expected effect as a kind of variable display of the symbol display device 51. The expected effect is that after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed, it is determined that the winning or lucky lottery has become “big hit” or “special hit”. A production that makes people expect. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has two types of expected effects, the above-described reach display and the notice display.

The notice is displayed from the case where the winning lottery becomes "big hit" or "special winning", and the winning lottery does not become "big hit" or "special winning". This is also an expected production that makes the production easier to produce. This notice display may make it easier to select an effect with a low appearance rate, instead of making it easier to generate an effect, or may combine them.
The lottery for generating the reach display has been performed by the main control device 60, whereas the lottery for generating the notice display is performed by the sound emission control device 90. .

The mode of the notice display is such that some of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 are variably displayed among a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (for example, some symbol columns (for example, In a situation where the symbol array Z1) is stopped and displayed on the activated line L and a plurality of symbol arrays (for example, symbol arrays Z2 and Z3) are displayed in a variable manner or a reach display is generated, a predetermined character is displayed. Are displayed on the display screen G as moving images. This notice is displayed both when the reach display is generated and when the reach display is not generated, but it is set to be more likely to occur when the reach display is generated than when the reach display is not generated. Have been.
The notice display is not limited to this. For example, the notice display may be displayed by changing the background, or the form of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 may be changed and displayed.

Finally, the variation type counter CS will be described. The variation type counter CS is, for example, a loop counter that loops within the range of 0 to 198 by adding 1 to the previous value and returning to 0 after reaching the maximum value 198 every time it is updated. .
The variation type counter CS is updated at least once each time a normal process described later is executed, and is stored in the lottery counter buffer each time the update is performed.
Then, the MPU 62 determines the display duration of the symbol on the main display unit 45 and the display duration of the symbol on the symbol display device 51 based on the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the lottery counter buffer. The display continuation time will be described later in detail. Further, in the present embodiment, the electric symbol display continuation time of the electric symbol GS in the symbol display device 51 is the same regardless of the value of the variation type counter CS.

<Regarding Various Processes Executed by Main Controller 60>
The MPU 62 of the main control device 60 executes a timer interrupt process and a normal process for advancing the game, and a main process started upon power-on. Hereinafter, the timer interrupt processing, the normal processing, and the main processing will be sequentially described.
The MPU 62 executes a timer interrupt process, a normal process, and a main process, as well as an NMI interrupt process started by input of a power failure signal to an NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal), but the description of this process is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the timer interrupt process.
In the timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 10, the MPU 62 executes Steps S101 to S105 periodically (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec).

In step S101, the MPU 62 executes a reading process of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h. In this reading process, the MPU 62 reads the state of the plurality of detection sensors 50a to 50h, determines the state, and stores the state in the RAM 64 as winning detection information. If the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensors 50a to 50d corresponding to the various winning ports are detecting the winning of the game ball, the MPU 62 sets a prize ball command for issuing a prize ball payout instruction, and sets the prize ball command. The command is transmitted to the payout control device 70. For example, when the MPU 62 determines that the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the variable winning device 38 detects winning of a game ball, a prize ball command for designating 15 prize balls as a specific unit number. To the payout control device 70.
Note that the payout control device 70 performs payout control for causing the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  In step S102, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI by adding 1 to the updated value, and stores the updated value in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. I do. When the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the random number initial value counter CINI, the MPU 62 returns the value of the random number initial value counter CINI to 0 and clears it.

  In step S103, the MPU 62 updates the winning random number counter C1, the winning type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory opening counter C4. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 updates the previous value of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory opening counter C4 by adding 1 to each of the previous values. The latter value is stored in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. When the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of each of the counters C1 to C4, the value of each of the counters C1 to C4 is reset to 0 and cleared.

In step S104, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for through.
Hereinafter, the winning processing for through will be described in detail.

<Prize processing for through>
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a flowchart of a winning process for through.
In the winning processing for the through, the MPU 62 executes steps S201 to S205 as shown in FIG.

In step S201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball has won (through win) the central through gate 411 by determining whether or not the detection sensor 50f corresponding to the center through gate 411 has detected winning of the game ball. Is determined.
If the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the center through gate 411 in step S201, the MPU 62 assigns 1 to an area indicating the center through gate flag provided in the various flag storage area 64c of the RAM 64 in step S202. By doing so, the center through gate flag is set. The central through gate flag is used to start the variable display of the accessory display section 46 by triggering the winning of one of the central through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 when the electric playing game is completed. Is a flag for specifying whether the In this step S202, the MPU 62 sets the central through gate flag, and therefore, upon completion of the electric game play, the MPU 62 displays a variable display on the accessory display section 46 based on the winning of the game ball to the central through gate 411. Is started.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S201 that the game ball has not won the center through gate 411, the detection sensor 50g corresponding to the right through gate 412 determines in step S203 that the game ball has won. Is determined to determine whether or not the game ball has won (the through winning) the right through gate 412.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S203 that the game ball has won the right through gate 412, the MPU 62 substitutes 0 in an area indicating the central through gate flag provided in the various flag storage area 64c of the RAM 64 in step S204. By doing so, the center through gate flag is cleared. In this step S204, the MPU 62 clears the center through gate flag, so that the variable display is displayed on the accessory display unit 46 based on the winning of the game ball to the right through gate 412 when the electric game play is completed. Is started.

  After executing the processing of step S202 or step S204, the MPU 62 stores the electric accessory opening counter C4 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt processing in the electric accessory opening counter buffer of the lottery counter buffer in step S205. .

  After executing the processing of step S205, or when determining in step S203 that the gaming ball has not won the right through gate 412, the MPU 62 ends the through-prize processing.

Returning to the description of the timer interrupt processing, the processing after step S105 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S105, the MPU 62 executes a winning process for the operating port. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the timer interrupt processing.
Hereinafter, the winning process for the operating port will be described in detail.

<Winning process for working port>
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the winning process for the operating port.
In the winning opening process for the operating port, the MPU 62 executes steps S301 to S309 as shown in FIG.

  In step S301, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball has won (started winning) the upper operating port 36 by determining whether or not the detection sensor 50b corresponding to the upper operating port 36 has detected a winning of the gaming ball. Is determined. If the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that the gaming ball has won the upper working port 36, in step S302 the MPU 62 determines the number of holds stored in the first result display unit holding area Ra, The number is set as a first start reserved storage number RaN in a predetermined storage area in the first result display unit reserved area Ra. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S305.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S301 that no game ball has won the upper working port 36, the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower working port 37 determines in step S303 that a game ball has won. By determining whether or not the game ball has been detected, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won (started winning) the lower operating port 37.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S303 that the gaming ball has not won the lower operating port 37, the winning processing for the operating port ends. When the MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has won the lower operating port 37 in step S303, in step S304, the MPU 62 determines the number of reserves stored in the second result display section reserve area Rb, The retained number is set in a predetermined storage area in the second result display section reserved area Rb as the second start reserved storage number RbN. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S305.

After executing the processing of step S302 or step S304, the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the number N (RaN or RbN) of the hold pending storage set in step S302 or step S304 is less than the upper limit value (4 in the present embodiment). It is determined whether or not there is.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the number N of storages to be started is not smaller than the upper limit, the MPU 62 ends the winning processing for the operating port. If the MPU 62 determines in step S305 that the number N of pending storages is less than the upper limit, the MPU 62 updates the value of the number N of pending storages in step S306 by updating the value.

  In step S307, the MPU 62 stores the set of the respective values of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt processing in the free storage area of the result display part holding area. The information is stored as the hold information in the first storage area, that is, the storage area corresponding to the number N of storages for starting suspension updated in step S306.

  For example, when the first startup hold storage number RaN is set in step S302, the MPU 62 sets each of the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. The set of values is stored as the hold information in the first storage area among the free storage areas of the first result display section hold area Ra, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start hold storage number RaN updated in step S306. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the first startup suspended storage number RaN in step S302, the MPU 62 sets the first startup suspended storage number RaN in the storage area corresponding to “4” updated in step S306. The suspension information is stored in a certain fourth area Ra4.

  Further, for example, when the second startup hold storage number RbN is set in step S304, the MPU 62 updates the hit random number counter C1, the hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 of the timer interrupt process. Are stored as the hold information in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the second result display section holding area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second startup hold storage number RbN updated in step S306. I do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” in the second start-pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 sets the storage area corresponding to “4” in the second starting-pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. The suspension information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

In step S307, the MPU 62 sets a command for turning on the first holding lamp unit 53 or the second holding lamp unit 54, and transmits the set command to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 turns on the first holding lamp unit 53 or the second holding lamp unit 54 based on the command transmitted from the MPU 62. As described above, the maximum number of game balls that have won the upper operation port 36 or the lower operation port 37 is four, and the first reservation lamp unit 53 or the second reservation lamp unit 54 Lights up by the number corresponding to.

In step S308, the MPU 62 determines again whether the detection sensor 50c corresponding to the lower operating port 37 has detected a winning of the gaming ball, and thereby determines whether the gaming ball has won (started winning) the lower operating port 37. Determine whether or not.
If the MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has not won the lower operating port 37 in step S308, the MPU 62 ends the winning processing for the operating port.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S308 that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37, the MPU 62 determines in step S309 that the through gate information is the first of the empty storage areas of the result display section holding area. , That is, the storage area corresponding to the number N of storages for starting suspension updated in step S306. After that, the MPU 62 ends the winning process for the operating port.

Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the center through gate flag is set in the RAM 64.
When the MPU 62 determines that the center through gate flag is set in the RAM 64, a value indicating that a game ball has won the lower operation port 37 triggered by winning of the center through gate 411 (specifically, 1) is stored as the through gate information in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the second result display section holding area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start-up hold storage number RbN updated in step S306. I do. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” to the second start-pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 sets the storage area corresponding to “4” of the second starting-pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. The through gate information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the center through gate flag is not set in the RAM 64, the value indicating that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37 triggered by winning of the right through gate 412. (Specifically, 0) is set to the first storage area among the free storage areas of the second result display section holding area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second startup hold storage number RbN updated in step S306. Store as information. For example, when the MPU 62 sets “3” in the second start-pending storage number RbN in step S304, the MPU 62 sets the storage area corresponding to “4” in the second starting-pending storage number RbN updated in step S306. The through gate information is stored in a certain fourth area Rb4.

<Normal processing>
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the normal processing.
The MPU 62 executes a main process, which will be described later when the power is turned on, and then executes a normal process which is a main process for advancing the game. In the normal processing, the MPU 62 executes steps S401 to S415 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 62 periodically executes Steps S401 to S410 at a period of 4 msec, repeatedly executes Steps S409 to S412 when the remaining time occurs, and executes Steps S413 and subsequent steps according to the determination result of Step S409. Execute.

  In step S401, the MPU 62 executes a timer interrupt process or an external output process for transmitting the command set in the previous normal process to each control device on the sub side. In this external output process, for example, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a prize ball command is set, and when it is determined that the prize ball command is set, the MPU 62 sends the prize ball command to the payout control device 70. Send. Further, for example, the MPU 62 corresponds to a command corresponding to an effect for a game play, a command corresponding to an effect for an electric play game, an effect for a variable pitching execution mode, and an effect for an opening / closing execution mode. It is determined whether or not an effect command such as a command is set. If it is determined that an effect command is set, the effect command is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

  In step S402, the MPU 62 updates the variation type counter CS. Specifically, as described above, the MPU 62 adds and updates the previous value of the variation type counter CS by one, and stores the updated value in a lottery counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64. . If the MPU 62 has reached the maximum value when adding 1 to the previous value of the variation type counter CS, the MPU 62 returns the value of the variation type counter CS to 0 and clears it.

In step S403, the MPU 62 executes a game turn control process for advancing the game turn. In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes the winning / failing lottery and the sorting lottery, determines the information on the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 51, and finally causes the main display 45 to stop and display the symbol. , Etc., is determined.
In step S404, the MPU 62 executes a game state shift process for shifting the game state. In the game state transition processing, the MPU 62 executes transition processing to each game state such as an opening / closing execution mode, a variable pitch execution mode, a low frequency support mode, and a high frequency support mode.
The game number control process in step S403 and the game state transition process in step S404 will be described later in detail.

In step S405, the MPU 62 executes a demonstration display execution determination process. In this demonstration display execution determination process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a predetermined start waiting period for demonstration start (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed without starting a new game round after the end of the game round. If it is determined that the start waiting period has elapsed, a demo command for starting the demo display is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 starts the demo display execution process based on the demo command transmitted from the MPU 62.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the start waiting period has elapsed by counting the number of executions of the process of step S405. For example, when the start waiting period is set to 3 seconds and the interval at which the processing of step S405 is repeatedly executed is 4 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the processing of step S405 is executed and, when it reaches 750 times, the start waiting period. Is determined to have elapsed. The configuration for measuring the start waiting period is arbitrary. For example, the start waiting period may be measured using a real-time clock. Further, when the MPU 62 starts a new game round while counting the number of times of execution of the processing of step S405, the MPU 62 resets the count value.

  In step S <b> 406, the MPU 62 executes a process for supporting electric power for executing drive control of the electric accessory 37 a provided in the lower working port 37. In the process for supporting the electric role, the MPU 62 executes the electric character opening lottery based on the value of the electric character opening counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64. Further, the MPU 62 executes display control of the accessory display section 46 so as to display the result of the electric accessory opening lottery.

In step S407, the MPU 62 executes an electric accessory opening process for opening the electric accessory 37a. In the electric accessory opening process, the MPU 62 executes the opening / closing process of the electric accessory 37a when the electric accessory opening lottery is won.
Note that the electric role support processing in step S406 and the electric accessory opening processing in step S407 will be described later in detail.

  In step S408, the MPU 62 executes a game ball launch control process. In this game ball launch control process, the MPU 62 causes the power supply / fire control device 80 to execute launch control for launching a game ball based on the player rotating the firing handle 27. Specifically, the power supply / launch control device 80 causes the game ball launching mechanism 81 to launch game balls by exciting the solenoid of the game ball launching mechanism 81 at a predetermined cycle (0.6 seconds in the present embodiment). . In addition, the solenoid is excited so as to fire the game ball with a firing intensity corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the firing handle 27. Further, the power supply / firing control device 80 supplies a drive signal to the solenoid of the game ball firing mechanism 81 to fire a game ball when predetermined firing conditions are satisfied.

  In step S409, the MPU 62 determines whether a power failure flag is set in a power failure flag storage area (not shown) of the RAM 64. This power failure flag is set in the RAM 64 when a power failure signal is input from the power failure monitoring board 65 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 62. The power failure monitoring board 65 outputs this power failure signal when it is confirmed that a power failure has occurred. The power failure flag is cleared when the next main process is executed.

  Here, the pachinko machine 10 sets various flags by substituting 1 into a predetermined area such as the RAM 64 and clears various flags by substituting 0. For example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the power failure flag by substituting 1 into the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64, and clears the power failure flag by substituting 0 into the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag is set in step S409, the MPU 62 executes the processing at the time of power interruption in step S413 and subsequent steps without executing the processing in step S410 and subsequent steps. Specifically, in step S413, the MPU 62 prohibits the occurrence of timer interrupt processing. In step S414, the MPU 62 calculates and stores the RAM determination value (the checksum of the RAM 64). In step S415, the MPU 62 prohibits access to the RAM 64. Thereafter, the MPU 62 continues the infinite loop until the power is completely shut off and the processing cannot be executed.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S409 that the power failure flag has not been set, in step S410, the MPU 62 determines whether or not it is time to execute the next normal processing, that is, the current normal processing is performed. It is determined whether a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed from the start.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S410 that the timing for executing the next normal process has not come, that is, if the remaining time has occurred, in step S411, the MPU 62 updates the random number initial value counter CINI, and executes step S412. , The variation type counter CS is updated. The MPU 62 repeatedly executes steps S409 to S412 until it is determined in step S410 that it is time to execute the next normal process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S410 that it is time to execute the next normal process, that is, if the remaining time has not occurred, the MPU 62 executes step S401 again to execute the next process. Start normal processing.

<Main processing>
FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the main processing.
In the main processing, the MPU 62 executes steps S501 to S512 as shown in FIG.
In step S501, the MPU 62 executes a start-up process when the power is turned on. In the start-up process, the MPU 62 waits for a predetermined time (for example, about 500 msec) after turning on the power in order to wait for the sub-side control board (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) to become operable. ) Waits.

  In step S502, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 second, which is the permission prohibition period, has elapsed. If the MPU 62 determines in step S502 that 1 second has not elapsed, the MPU 62 repeatedly executes the processing of step S502. When it is determined in step S502 that 1 second has elapsed, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S503 and subsequent steps.

  Here, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 1 second has elapsed by counting the number of executions of the process of step S502. For example, if the interval at which the process of step S502 is repeatedly executed is 0.1 msec, the MPU 62 counts the number of times the process of step S502 is executed, and determines that 1 sec has elapsed when the number of processes reaches 10,000. The configuration for measuring the permission prohibition period is arbitrary. For example, the permission prohibition period may be measured using a real-time clock.

In step S503, the MPU 62 permits access to the RAM 64.
In step S504, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a RAM erasure switch (not shown) provided in the power supply / emission control device 80 is turned on.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erasure switch is on, it executes the processing of step S509 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the RAM erasure switch is not turned on in step S504, the MPU 62 determines in step S505 whether the power failure flag is set in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64. I do.

If the MPU 62 determines that the power failure flag has not been set in step S505, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S509 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when determining that the power failure flag is set in step S505, the MPU 62 calculates a RAM determination value in step S506.
In step S507, the MPU 62 checks the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 by determining whether the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 is normal. More specifically, the MPU 62 compares the RAM determination value calculated in step S506 with the RAM determination value stored in step S414 (processing at the time of power failure) of the normal processing, and when they match, The RAM determination value is determined to be normal, and if they do not match, the RAM determination value is determined to be abnormal.

If the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S507, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S509.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the RAM determination value is normal in step S507, the MPU 62 clears the power failure flag stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 64 in step S508.

  Note that the validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be determined by a method different from the method of confirming the consistency of the RAM determination value. For example, a keyword may be stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 64 in a power interruption process. The validity of the data stored in the RAM 64 may be confirmed by determining in the main process whether or not the keyword has been correctly written.

As described above, the MPU 62 determines in step S504 that the RAM erasure switch is ON, determines in step S505 that the power failure flag is not set, or determines in step S507 that the RAM determination value has been set. If it is determined that is not normal, the processing after step S509 is executed.
Specifically, the MPU 62 clears the work area of the RAM 64 in step S509, and initializes the RAM 64 in step S510.

  Therefore, for example, the administrator of the game arcade can initialize the data stored in the RAM 64 by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch at the start of business operation of the game arcade. The pachinko machine 10 initializes the data stored in the RAM 64 when the occurrence of a power failure is not confirmed on the power failure monitoring board 65 or when the RAM determination value is abnormal.

After executing the processing in step S508 or step S510, the MPU 62 transmits an initial command to the control board on the sub side (such as the control board of the sound emission control device 90) in step S511, and executes the timer interrupt in step S512. The occurrence of the process is permitted, and the process proceeds to the normal process described above.
By receiving the initial command transmitted in step S511, the sub-side control board recognizes that communication with the main control board 61 is normally performed, and executes its own initialization. I do.

<Game control process>
FIG. 15 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the game times control process.
In the game round control process, the MPU 62 executes steps S601 to S609 as shown in FIG.
In step S601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the operation is in the open / close execution mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that it is in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process without executing the processes in and after step S602. Therefore, when it is determined that the opening / closing execution mode is being performed, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the game times regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each of the operation ports 36 and 37 is detected.
Note that the MPU 62 determines whether or not the vehicle is in the open / close execution mode by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the open / close execution mode flag when shifting to the open / close execution mode, and clears the open / close execution mode flag when the open / close execution mode ends.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S601 that it is not in the open / close execution mode, in step S602, it determines whether the main display unit 45 is performing variable display, that is, the game is in progress. It is determined whether or not.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing for starting a game in steps S603 to S605.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S602 that the main display unit 45 is performing variable display, the MPU 62 executes the game round progress processing in steps S606 to S609.

First, the processing for starting the game in steps S603 to S605 will be described.
In step S603, the MPU 62 grasps the number of reservations stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra and the number of reservations stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb. It is determined whether or not the total number CRN of is equal to or less than “0”. If the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the game number control process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S603 that the total number CRN is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 determines in step S604 that the first result display section holding area Ra or the second result display section holding area Ra. A data setting process for setting the hold information stored in Rb for use in the game round is executed. After that, in step S605, the MPU 62 executes the variation start process for starting the variation display on the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 to complete the game times, and ends the game time control process.
Hereinafter, the data setting process of step S604 and the variation start process of step S605 will be described in detail.

FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the data setting process.
In the data setting process, the MPU 62 executes steps S701 to S711 as shown in FIG.
In step S701, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second start-hold storage number RbN of the second result display section holding area Rb set in step S304 of the winning opening process for the working port is equal to or less than “0”. I do. If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start-hold storage number RbN is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes data setting processing for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706, and proceeds to step S701. If it is determined that the second start-hold storage number RbN is not equal to or less than “0”, the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 is executed.

As described above, the data setting process includes a data setting process for the first result display unit that sets the hold information stored in the first result display unit hold area Ra for the use of the game, and a second result display unit. And a data setting process for a second result display unit for setting the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for use in playing the game.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S701 that the second start-hold storage number RbN is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 does not execute the data setting process for the first result display unit, and executes the second result display unit. Execute the data setting process for In other words, if the MPU 62 determines that there is the hold information stored in the second result display section holding area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37, Regardless of whether or not there is any hold information stored in the first result display section holding area Ra based on the winning of the game ball, the hold information stored in the second result display section hold area Rb is given priority over the game. Set for multiple digestions.

First, the data setting processing for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S706 will be described.
In step S702, the MPU 62 updates the value of the first start hold storage number RaN of the first result display unit holding area Ra by subtracting 1 therefrom.
In step S703, the MPU 62 moves the hold information stored in the first area Ra1 of the first result display section hold area Ra to the execution area AE.
In step S704, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process for shifting the hold information stored in the storage area of the first result display unit holding area Ra. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information stored in each of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 to the first area Ra1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information of the second area Ra2 to the first area Ra1, shifts the hold information of the third area Ra3 to the second area Ra2, and shifts the hold information of the fourth area Ra4 to the third area Ra4. Shift to area Ra3.

  In step S705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag stored in the RAM 64. The second result display section flag is a flag for specifying which main display section 45 of the first result display section 45a and the second result display section 45b is to start the variable display when the game is completed. It is. In this step S705, the MPU 62 clears the second result display section flag, so that the variable display is displayed on the first result display section 45a on the basis of the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36 when the game times are exhausted. Is started.

In step S706, the MPU 62 sets a shift command for recognizing that the hold information has been shifted, transmits the set shift command to the sound emission control device 90, and ends the data setting process. The shift-time command indicates that the shift of the hold information has been performed on the hold information stored in the first result display section hold area Ra based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36, and the voice light emission control device. 90 for information to be recognized.
The sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the first holding lamp unit 53 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 decreases the number of lighted first holding lamp units 53 in accordance with a decrease in the number of game balls held in the upper operation port 36.

Next, the data setting processing for the second result display unit in steps S707 to S711 will be described.
In step S707, the MPU 62 updates the value of the second startup hold storage number RbN of the second result display unit holding area Rb by subtracting one.
In step S708, the MPU 62 moves the hold information and the through gate information stored in the second area Rb1 of the second result display section hold area Rb to the execution area AE.
In step S709, the MPU 62 executes a data shift process of shifting the hold information and the through gate information stored in the storage area of the second result display section holding area Rb. This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the hold information and the through gate information stored in each of the areas Rb1 to Rb4 to the first area Rb1. Specifically, the MPU 62 shifts the hold information and the through gate information of the second area Rb2 to the first area Rb1, shifts the hold information and the through gate information of the third area Rb3 to the second area Rb2, The hold information and the through gate information of the area Rb4 are shifted to the third area Rb3.

  In step S710, the MPU 62 sets the second result display section flag in the RAM 64. In this step S710, since the MPU 62 sets the second result display portion flag, the MPU 62 changes the display on the second result display portion 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 when the game times are consumed. Is started.

In step S711, the MPU 62 sets a shift-time command for recognizing that the shift of the hold information and the through-gate information has been executed, transmits the set shift-time command to the sound emission control device 90, and executes a data setting process. To end. This shift command is used to shift the hold information and the through gate information for the hold information and the through gate information stored in the second result display section holding area Rb based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. The information includes information for causing the sound emission control device 90 to recognize the execution.
The sound emission control device 90 changes the lighting state of the second holding lamp unit 54 based on the shift command transmitted from the MPU 62. Specifically, the sound emission control device 90 reduces the number of lighted second holding lamp units 54 with a decrease in the number of retained game balls winning the lower operation port 37.

FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the change start process.
In the change start processing, the MPU 62 executes steps S801 to S817 as shown in FIG.
In step S801, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64.
If the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag has not been set in the RAM 64 in step S801, the MPU 62 starts to display the variation on the first result display section 45a based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operating port 36. In step S802, the first success / failure table (see FIG. 8A) is read from the success / failure table storage area 63a of the ROM 63 in step S802.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S801, the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section 45b is based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. In step S803, the second success / failure table (see FIG. 8B) is read from the success / failure table storage area 63a of the ROM 63.

  After executing the processing of step S802 or step S803, the MPU 62 executes a hit / fail determination process in step S804. In the success / failure determination processing, the MPU 62 compares the value of the hit random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE with the success / failure table read out in step S802 or S803, and thereby determines the result of the success / failure lottery (the success / failure result). Is determined. As described above, the winning / losing result is one of “big hit winning”, “special hit winning”, and “normal out-of-normal result”. It is the same even if there is.

  In step S805, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the winning / failing result determined in step S804 is a winning ("big hit winning" or "special winning"). If the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the hit / fail result is a hit, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S806 and subsequent steps. If the MPU 62 determines in step S805 that the hit / fail result is not a hit, the step S814 and subsequent steps are performed. Execute the processing of

First, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the hit / failure result is a hit (the processing after step S806) in step S805 will be described.
In step S806, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag has been set in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S806 that the second result display section flag has not been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 starts changing display on the first result display section 45a based on winning of a game ball to the upper operation port 36. In step S807, the first distribution table (see FIG. 9A) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S807.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S806, the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section 45b is based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37. In step S808, the second distribution table (see FIG. 9B) is read from the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 in step S808.

  After executing the processing in step S807 or S808, the MPU 62 executes the distribution determination processing in step S809. In this distribution determination processing, the MPU 62 compares the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE with the distribution table read out in step S807 or S808, thereby obtaining a distribution lottery result ( Distribution result).

In step S810, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of the determination in step S804 is "big hit".
If the MPU 62 determines in step S810 that the win / fail result is "big hit", in step S811, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the big hit result. In the stop result setting process for the jackpot result, the MPU 62 determines the information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 according to the sorting result determined in step S809. Then, the determined information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 compares the distribution result determined in step S809 with the stop result table for the jackpot result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, so that the final result is displayed on the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45. The information relating to the picture to be stopped and displayed is determined. The stop result table for the jackpot result defines the pattern of the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 for each distribution result.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S810 that the win / fail result is not “big hit win” (if it determines that the win / fail result is “special win”), the MPU 62 determines in step S812 that the special win result is obtained. Executes the stop result setting process. In the stop result setting process for the special hit result, the MPU 62 determines information relating to the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the second result display portion 45b of the main display portion 45, and stores the determined information in the RAM 64. . Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the special hit result stored in the ROM 63 in advance to determine the information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the second result display section 45b of the main display section 45. I do.

After executing the processing of step S811 or step S812, the MPU 62 sets a flag in the RAM 64 according to the distribution result determined in step S809 in step S813. Specifically, if the MPU 62 specifies that the distribution result is the “low-frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 sets the low-frequency support mode result flag and confirms that the result is the “high-frequency support mode result”. If specified, the high frequency support mode result flag is set. After that, the MPU 62 executes the processing after step S815.
In each of the following processes, the MPU 62 determines the distribution result by referring to these flags.

Next, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the hit / fail result is not a hit (the processing after step S814) in step S805 will be described.
In step S814, the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for a normal deviation result. In the stop result setting process for the normal deviation result, the MPU 62 determines information relating to a pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the first result display unit 45a or the second result display unit 45b of the main display unit 45, and the determination is performed. The stored information is stored in the RAM 64. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for the normal deviation result stored in the ROM 63 in advance, thereby determining the information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45. The form of the picture set in the stop result table for the normal deviation result is different from the form of the picture set in the stop result table for the big hit result and the stop result table for the special hit result.

After executing any one of the steps S811, S812, and S814, the MPU 62 executes a display continuation time (display continuation period) setting process in a step S815.
In the display continuation time setting process, the MPU 62 acquires the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the fluctuation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

  In the display continuation time setting process, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a reach display occurs on the symbol display device 51. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the hit result determined in step S804 is a hit or a hit result determined in step S804 is a “normally out of order result” and the reach occurrence lottery is won. Determines that a reach display occurs. As described above, the MPU 62 compares the reach table stored in advance in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 with the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the reserved sphere storage area 64b. Execute the reach generation lottery.

  When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display is to occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach generation display duration table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63, and thereby obtains the fluctuation type counter acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer. A display duration corresponding to the value of CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in a display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

  When the MPU 62 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 62 refers to the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table stored in the reach table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 to determine the fluctuation acquired from the fluctuation type counter buffer. The display duration corresponding to the value of the type counter CS is determined, and the determined display duration is set in the display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Specifically, the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set so that the display continuation time becomes shorter as the number of holdings increases. Therefore, the display continuation time when the hold information related to the upper working port 36 is digested is set to be shorter as the number of holdings related to the upper working port 36 increases. Then, the display continuation time when the hold information relating to the lower operation port 37 is digested is set to be shorter as the number of hold operations relating to the lower operation port 37 increases. The display continuation time table for non-reach occurrence is set so that the display continuation time is shorter when the support mode is the high frequency support mode than when the support mode is the low frequency support mode. In other words, if the number of holdings is the same, the display continuation time in the high frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low frequency support mode.
Furthermore, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table is different from the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-generation display duration table.

  The display duration time table for non-reach occurrence may be set in a relationship opposite to the relationship described above, such that the display duration time becomes longer as the number of hold times increases. It may be configured not to change. Further, a display duration time table may be individually set for each of the pass / fail result and the distribution result.

In step S816, the MPU 62 sets a change command and a type command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change command and the type command set in step S816 to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62. This processing will be described later in detail.

The change command includes information relating to the display continuation time and through gate information. Further, the fluctuation command does not include information on whether or not the reach display is generated.
Here, as described above, the display duration determined by referring to the reach generation display duration table and the display duration determined by referring to the reach non-display duration table are mutually different. Is different.
Therefore, even if the information on whether or not the reach display is generated is not included in the fluctuation command, the reach display is performed by the sound emission control device 90 as the sub-side control device based on the information on the display duration. It is possible to determine whether this occurs. In this sense, it can be said that the fluctuation command indirectly includes information on whether or not the reach display is to be generated. Note that the change command may directly include information on whether or not the reach display occurs.

The type command includes information on the success / failure result. In other words, the type command includes, as information relating to the result of the success / failure, respective information relating to the “big hit winning”, the “special winning”, and the “normal out-of-normal result”. Further, the type command includes information on the distribution result. In other words, the type command includes, as information on the distribution result, information on “low-frequency support mode result” and “high-frequency support mode result”.
In the following description, the success / failure result and the distribution result are collectively referred to as a game result. In other words, the type command includes information relating to the game result.

In step S817, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64, and causes the main display section 45 to start variable display based on the determination result. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the change start processing.
Specifically, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag has not been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines whether the first result is based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 36 when the game times are consumed. Since it is indicated that the variable display is to be started on the result display unit 45a, the variable display is started on the first result display unit 45a.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the second result display portion flag is set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display section flag has been set based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 when the game times are consumed. Since it is indicated that the variable display is to be started on the result display unit 45b, the variable display is started on the second result display unit 45b.

Returning to the description of the game turn control processing, the game turn progress processing of steps S606 to S609 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S602, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the main display unit 45 is performing variable display. Execute the process.

  In step S606, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the display continuation time set in step S815 of the change start processing has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether the value set in the display duration counter of the RAM 64 has become “0” or less. The value of the display continuation time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt processing is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S606 that the display continuation time has not elapsed, it executes a variable display process in step S607. In the change display processing, the MPU 62 updates the display of the main display unit 45 during the change display. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the display duration time has elapsed in step S606, the MPU 62 executes a change end process in step S608. In this variation end process, the MPU 62 determines whether the information (main memory) stored in the RAM 64 in any one of the steps S811, S812, and S814 of the variation start process executed when the main display unit 45 starts the variation display. The information relating to the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 45 is specified. Then, at the end of the game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the main display unit 45 so as to display a pattern corresponding to the specified information on the main display unit 45 during the variable display.

Here, the pattern that is finally stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 is different for each type of game result. Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like can check the game result by visually checking the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round. According to this, for example, the manager of the amusement arcade can easily confirm whether or not an improper act of causing the pachinko machine 10 to perform the same behavior as in the case of winning the jackpot occurrence lottery is performed. Can be done
The main display unit 45 has a narrower display area than the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the main display unit 45 is a symbol sequence to be stopped and displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Compared to Z1 to Z3, it is difficult for the player to recognize. Therefore, at the end of the game round, the player checks the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 instead of the main display section 45 to determine whether or not the winning occurrence lottery has been won. , The degree of attention to the display screen G can be increased.

In step S609, the MPU 62 sets a change end command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the change end command set in step S609 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game round control process.
The sound emission control device 90 executes a process for terminating the effect of the game based on the fluctuation end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to independently end the effect of the game round without requiring the reception of the fluctuation end command.

<Game state transition processing>
FIG. 18 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the game state transition processing.
In the game state transition process, the MPU 62 executes steps S901 to S920 as shown in FIG.
In step S901, the MPU 62 determines whether the operation is in the open / close execution mode.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that it is not in the open / close execution mode, it executes the processing of step S902 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S901 that the mode is the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S911.

First, in step S901, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the open / close execution mode is not in progress (processing after step S902) will be described.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game is in the variable pitching execution mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the vehicle is in the variable pitch execution mode by referring to the variable pitch execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64. The same applies to the following processes. The MPU 62 sets the variable pitch execution mode flag at the time of transition to the variable pitch execution mode, and clears the variable pitch execution mode flag at the end of the variable pitch execution mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that it is not in the variable pitching execution mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S903.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S902 that it is in the variable pitching execution mode, it executes the processing from step S916.

First, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that it is not in the variable pitch execution mode (the processing after step S903) will be described in step S902.
In step S903, the MPU 62 determines whether the variable display on the main display unit 45 has been completed. If the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has not ended, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S903 that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended, in step S904, a win / fail result is generated ("big hit win" or "special win"). Is determined.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the hit / fail result is not a hit, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the hit result is a hit, then in step S905, the MPU 62 determines whether the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines that the second result display section flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S905 (determines that the winning / failing result is “special winning”), the MPU 62 plays the game to the lower operating port 37. Since it is indicated that the variation display is to be started in the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the ball, the variable state in-ball execution mode flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S906, and then the game state transition processing ends.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S905 that the second result display section flag has not been set in the RAM 64 (determines that the win / fail result is "big hit"), the upper operating port Since it is indicated that the variable display is to be started on the first result display unit 45a based on the winning of the game ball to 36, after the opening / closing execution mode flag is set in the RAM 64 in step S907, the processing after step S908 is performed. Execute.

  In step S908, the MPU 62 sets “15” in the round counter RC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. The round counter RC is a counter for specifying the number of round games by the MPU 62 when shifting to the open / close execution mode.

Here, the open / close execution mode ends on condition that a predetermined number of round games have been executed. Here, the number of round games corresponds to the value set in the round counter RC.
The pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the special winning opening 38a once per round game. In addition, one round game is continued until one of the following two conditions is satisfied. In other words, after setting the open / close door 38b to the open state, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again by satisfying one of the following two conditions.
(1) A predetermined upper limit duration time (upper limit duration period) elapses. (2) A total number of game balls to the special winning opening 38a reaches a predetermined upper limit number.

  In step S909, the MPU 62 sets “1000” as the opening standby time (standby period) in the timer counter T provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64. The value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for opening is 2 seconds. The waiting time for the opening is not limited to this, and is arbitrary.

Thus, the MPU 62 sets the waiting time for the opening in the timer counter T regardless of the type of the distribution result in step S909. In other words, the opening standby time is the same regardless of the sort result.
Note that the opening standby time is not limited to this, and for example, may be configured to be slightly different depending on the type of distribution result to such an extent that the player recognizes the same. Also, for example, the waiting time for opening greatly differs between the case of the distribution result of the “low-frequency support mode result” and the case of the distribution result of the “high-frequency support mode result”. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a large difference is made according to the type of the distribution result.

In step S910, the MPU 62 sets an opening command. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing. This opening command includes information on the distribution result that triggered the shift to the open / close execution mode. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the opening command set in step S910 to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the shift to the open / close execution mode based on the opening command transmitted from the MPU 62 and executes a predetermined process. This processing will be described later in detail.

Next, a description will be given of a process when the MPU 62 determines that the mode is the open / close execution mode (the process after the step S911) in the step S901.
In step S911, the MPU 62 executes a special winning opening opening / closing process.

FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the special winning opening opening and closing process.
In the special winning opening opening / closing process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1001 to S1016 as shown in FIG.
In step S1001, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the special winning opening 38a is being opened.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the special winning opening 38a is not being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1002.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1001 that the special winning opening 38a is being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1006.

First, in step S1001, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the special winning opening 38a is not open (the processing after step S1002) will be described.
In step S1002, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1002 that the value of the round counter RC is not “0” or less, it determines in step S1003 whether the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less. Is determined.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1003 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0” in step S1003, the MPU 62 executes a special winning opening opening process in step S1004.
Hereinafter, the special winning opening processing of step S1004 will be described in detail.

FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the special winning opening opening process.
In the special winning opening opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1101 to S1103 as shown in FIG.
In step S1101, the winning counter PC provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64 is set to "8", and in step S1102, the timer counter T is set to "15000". As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 30 seconds.

  In step S1103, the MPU 62 executes a process for opening the special winning opening 38a. In this opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the opening and closing door 38b to the open state by executing the drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening process.

The value set in the winning counter PC in step S1101 defines the upper limit of the total winning number of gaming balls to the special winning opening 38a.
Further, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1102 defines the upper limit duration time from when the door 38b is set to the open state to when the door 38b is set to the closed state again.

Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 causes the game ball firing mechanism 81 to fire game balls by exciting the solenoid of the game ball firing mechanism 81 at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Further, as described above, the MPU 62 sets the upper limit of the total winning number of game balls to the special winning opening 38a to eight by setting the winning counter PC to "8".
Therefore, the upper limit duration is sufficiently longer than the product of the upper limit of the total winning number of the game balls to the special winning opening 38a and the firing cycle of the game balls, so that the upper limit of eight game balls is changed to the special winning opening. It is easy to win the 38a.

Returning to the description of the special winning opening opening and closing process, the process after step S1005 will be described with reference to FIG.
After performing the special winning opening opening process of step S1004, the MPU 62 sets an opening command in step S1005. Also, in step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the release command set in step S1005 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the door 38b has been set to the open state based on the open command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

Next, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the special winning opening 38a is being opened (the processing after step S1006) in step S1001 will be described.
In step S1006, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less. That is, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the upper limit continuation time set in the timer counter T in step S1102 of the special winning opening opening process has elapsed.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1007 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1006 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0”, it executes the processing in step S1010 and thereafter.

First, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0” in step S1006 (processing after step S1007) will be described.
In step S1007, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a winning in the special winning opening 38a has occurred. The determination as to whether or not a winning has occurred in the special winning opening 38a is performed based on the detection result of the detection sensor 50d corresponding to the special winning opening 38a.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that no winning has occurred in the special winning opening 38a, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1007 that a winning in the special winning opening 38a has occurred, it updates the value of the winning counter PC by subtracting 1 in step S1008.

In step S1009, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than “0”.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1009 that the value of the winning counter PC is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the winning counter PC is equal to or less than “0” in step S1009, or when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0” in step S1006. In step S1010, a closing execution process is executed. In this closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the opening / closing door 38b to the closed state by executing the drive control of the variable winning drive unit 38c.

In step S1011, the MPU 62 sets a close command. The MPU 62 transmits the closing command set in Step S1011 to the sound emission control device 90 in Step S401 of the normal processing.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the open / close door 38b has been set to the closed state based on the close command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

In step S1012, the MPU 62 updates the value of the round counter RC by subtracting one.
In step S1013, the MPU 62 determines whether the value of the round counter RC is “0” or less.
If the MPU 62 determines that the value of the round counter RC is not less than “0” in step S1013, the MPU 62 sets “500” to the value of the timer counter T in step S1014. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.

  Here, the value set in the timer counter T in step S1014 is a waiting time for opening the door 38b after setting the door 38b to the open state, setting the door 38b to the closed state again, and then setting the door 38b to the open state again. Time is prescribed. In the present embodiment, the opening standby time is 1 second. The opening standby time is the same regardless of the progress of the open / close execution mode.

On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1013 that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or smaller than “0”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1015 and subsequent steps.
In step S1015, the MPU 62 sets “2000” in the timer counter T as the ending standby time (standby period). As described above, the value set in the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the waiting time for ending is 4 sec. The ending standby time is not limited to this, and is arbitrary.

The ending standby time is the same as the opening standby time regardless of the sort result.
Note that the ending standby time is not limited to this, and may be slightly different depending on the type of the sorting result, for example, to the extent that the player recognizes the same. Also, for example, the ending standby time greatly differs between the case of the distribution result of the “low-frequency support mode result” and the case of the distribution result of the “high-frequency support mode result”. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a large difference is made according to the type of the distribution result.

In step S1016, the MPU 62 sets an ending command. The MPU 62 transmits the ending command set in Step S1016 to the sound emission control device 90 in Step S401 of the normal processing. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the special winning opening opening / closing process.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes the end of the open / close execution mode based on the ending command transmitted from the MPU 62 and executes a predetermined process.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S912 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the special winning opening opening / closing process in step S911, the MPU 62 determines in step S912 whether or not the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than “0”.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S912 that the value of the round counter RC is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the gaming state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the round counter RC is equal to or less than “0” in step S912, it determines in step S913 whether the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0”. Is determined.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S913 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “0”, it clears the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S914.
In step S915, the MPU 62 executes a transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing.
Hereinafter, the shift processing at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described in detail.

FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode.
In the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes steps S1201 to S1204 as shown in FIG.
In step S1201, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the distribution result is a “high-frequency support mode result”.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the distribution result is the “high-frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 sets a high-frequency support flag in the RAM 64 in step S1202. If the high frequency support flag has already been set in the RAM 64, the MPU 62 maintains this. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the high frequency support mode.

In step S1203, the MPU 62 sets “50” to the value of the number-of-games counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
Here, if the high frequency support flag is set in the RAM 64, the high frequency support mode is continued until the 50 times of game times, which is the end reference number set in the game number counter, are exhausted. The MPU 62 clears the high frequency support flag when the game has been played 50 times. Thereby, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.
Note that the MPU 62 executes these processes as electric-power support processes in step S406 of the normal process, but detailed description thereof is omitted.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1201 that the distribution result is the “low-frequency support mode result”, the MPU 62 clears the high-frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64 in step S1204. As a result, the MPU 62 sets the support mode to the low frequency support mode.

  As described above, when a win occurs in the winning / rejecting lottery and the distribution result becomes “high frequency support mode result” in the distribution lottery, the gaming state is set to the open / close execution mode regardless of the current gaming state. After the end, the mode is shifted to the high frequency support mode. The high frequency support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode when 50 games have been played out without hitting in the winning or NG lottery.

  In addition, when a hit occurs in the win / fail lottery and the distribution result becomes “low-frequency support mode result” in the distribution lottery, the gaming state is changed after the end of the opening and closing execution mode regardless of the current gaming state. , Shift to low frequency support mode. The low-frequency support mode is continued at least until a winning occurs in the winning / rejecting lottery.

  Further, when no hit occurs in the winning / rejecting lottery, that is, when the winning / rejecting result is “normally out of order result” in the winning / rejecting lottery, the gaming state does not shift.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S916 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S902, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game mode is the variable pitch execution mode. If the MPU 62 determines that the variable pitch execution mode is being executed, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S916.

In step S916, the MPU 62 executes a variable pitching execution process.
Hereinafter, the variable ball entry execution process will be described in detail.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the variable ball entry execution process.
In the variable ball entry execution process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1301 to S1313 as shown in FIG.
In step S1301, the MPU 62 determines whether the blade member 401a is being opened.
If it is determined in step S1301 that the blade member 401a is not being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1302 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1301 that the blade member 401a is being opened, the MPU 62 executes the processing from step S1305.

First, in step S1301, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the blade member 401a is not being opened (the processing after step S1302) will be described.
In step S1302, the MPU 62 executes a blade member release execution process. In this blade member opening execution process, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the open state by executing drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c.

In step S1303, the MPU 62 sets a blade member release command. Further, in step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the blade member opening command set in step S1303 to the sound emission control device 90.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the blade member 401a has been set to the open state based on the blade member opening command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

  In step S1304, the MPU 62 sets “1000” in the timer counter T. As described above, the timer counter T is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, the time set in the timer counter T is 2 seconds.

Next, in step S1301, the processing when the MPU 62 determines that the blade member 401a is being opened (the processing after step S1305) will be described.
In step S1305, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the timer counter T is “0” or less.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1305 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1306 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when determining in step S1305 that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or smaller than “0”, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1312 and thereafter.

First, a description will be given of a process when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “0” in the step S1305 (processes after the step S1306).
In step S1306, the MPU 62 determines whether the opening and closing of the plate 403a has been executed by referring to the plate opening / closing execution flag stored in the RAM 64. This plate opening / closing execution flag is a flag for specifying that the plate 403a has been opened / closed after the blade member 401a is set to the open state and before the blade member 401a is set to the closed state. The MPU 62 sets the plate open / closed execution flag when the plate 403a is opened / closed, and clears the plate open / closed execution flag when the blade member 401a is set to the closed state.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the opening / closing of the plate 403a has been executed (if the plate opening / closing executed flag is set in the RAM 64), the variable ball entry execution process ends.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1306 that the opening / closing of the plate 403a has not been executed (if the plate opening / closing execution flag has not been set in the RAM 64), the MPU 62 determines in step S1307 that the timer counter T It is determined whether the value is “500” or less. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether 1 second has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state.

If the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “500” in step S1307 (if it determines that 1 second has not elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state), the variable input The ball execution processing ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “500” in step S1307 (when it is determined that 1 second has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state), Executes a plate opening process in step S1308. In the plate opening process, the MPU 62 sets the plate 403a to the open state by executing drive control of the plate driving unit 403c.

In step S1309, it is determined whether the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “400”. In other words, the MPU 62 determines whether or not 0.2 seconds have elapsed after setting the plate 403a to the open state.
If the MPU 62 determines in step S1309 that the value of the timer counter T is not equal to or less than “400” (when it is determined that 0.2 seconds have not elapsed after setting the plate 403a to the open state), the variable The ball entry processing ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or less than “400” in step S1309 (when it is determined that 0.2 seconds have elapsed after the plate 403a is set to the open state). In step S1310, a plate closing process is performed. In this plate closing process, the MPU 62 sets the plate 403a to the closed state by executing drive control of the plate driving unit 403c.

  In step S1311, the MPU 62 sets the plate open / close execution flag by substituting 1 into an area indicating the plate open / close execution flag provided in the various flag storage area 64c of the RAM 64. After that, the MPU 62 ends the variable pitch execution process.

Next, in step S1305, a process when the MPU 62 determines that the value of the timer counter T is equal to or smaller than “0” (processes after step S1312) will be described.
In step S1312, the MPU 62 executes a blade member closing execution process. In this blade member closing execution process, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the closed state by executing drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c.

  In step S1313, the MPU 62 assigns 0 to an area indicating the plate opening / closing execution flag and the variable ball input execution mode flag provided in the various flag storage area 64c of the RAM 64, thereby setting the plate opening / closing execution flag and the variable input Clear the ball running mode flag. After that, the MPU 62 ends the variable pitch execution process.

As described above, in the variable pitching execution mode, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the open state, allows the game ball to enter the right variable pitching mechanism 40, and sets the plate 403a to the open state or the closed state. By setting, the game ball can be entered into either the right entrance 404 or the left entrance 405. In the variable ball input execution mode, the time (open period) from when the plate 403a is set to the open state to when the plate 403a is set to the closed state is set after the blade member 401a is set to the open state and then set to the closed state again. It is shorter than the time (opening period) until it does. Specifically, the open period of the plate 403a (0.2 sec in this embodiment) is about 1/10 of the open period of the blade member 401a (2 sec in this embodiment). In other words, a game ball that has entered the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 will enter the right entrance 404 with a probability of about 1/10.
In the present embodiment, the plate 403a performs one opening and closing operation during the opening period of the blade member 401a, but may perform a plurality of opening and closing operations.

Returning to the description of the game state transition processing, the processing after step S917 will be described with reference to FIG.
After executing the variable ball entry execution process in step S916, the MPU 62 determines in step S917 whether or not the detection sensor 50h corresponding to the right ball entry port 404 has detected a winning of a game ball, whereby the right entry is performed. It is determined whether or not a game ball has won the ball opening 404 (V winning).

If the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won the right entrance 404 in step S917, the MPU 62 executes a V winning success process in step S918. In the V winning success process, the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the closed state by executing the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c, and then executes the plate opening / closing execution flag and the variable ball execution execution stored in the RAM 64. Clear the mode flag. In the V-winning success processing, the MPU 62 sets a V-winning success command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the V winning success command set in step S918 to the sound emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 executes the above-described processing after step S907.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that the game ball has won the right entrance 404 based on the V winning success command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S917 that the game ball has not won the right entrance 404, it determines in step S919 whether the blade member 401a has been set to the closed state. I do.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S919 that the blade member 401a has not been set to the closed state, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines that the blade member 401a has been set to the closed state in step S919, the MPU 62 executes a V winning failure process in step S920. In the V winning award failure processing, the MPU 62 sets a V winning award failure command. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the V prize failure command set in step S920 to the sound emission control device 90. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the game state transition processing.
The sound emission control device 90 recognizes that no game ball has won the right entrance 404 based on the V winning failure command transmitted from the MPU 62, and executes a predetermined process.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when the winning / winning lottery based on the winning in the upper operating port 36 results in “big hit win”, the pachinko machine 10 directly shifts to the open / close execution mode, whereas the lower operating port 37 receives a winning. In the winning lottery based on the "winning special winning", the process proceeds to the variable ball execution mode, and in this variable ball execution mode, if a ball enters the right entrance 404, The mode shifts to the open / close execution mode.
In the pachinko machine 10, in the variable ball entry execution mode, when only the ball enters the left entrance 405, or when the ball enters both the right entrance 404 and the left entrance 405, the ball is entered. If not, it does not shift to the open / close execution mode.

<Process for electrical support>
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric role support processing.
In the processing for supporting electric roles, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1408 as shown in FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the accessory display unit 46 is performing variable display, that is, whether or not the electric winning game is in progress.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is not performing variable display, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1402 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is performing variable display, it executes the processing in step S1405 and subsequent steps.

First, a description will be given of a process (step S1402 and subsequent processes) when it is determined in step S1401 that the accessory display unit 46 is not performing variable display.
In step S1402, the MPU 62 determines whether the operation is in the open / close execution mode.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1402 that it is in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 terminates the processing for supporting the electric hand without executing the processing in step S1403 and thereafter. Therefore, if it is determined that the opening / closing execution mode is being performed, the MPU 62 does not start the progress of the electric game play regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
Note that the MPU 62 determines whether or not the vehicle is in the open / close execution mode by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64.

  On the other hand, when determining in step S1402 that the open / close execution mode is not in effect, the MPU 62 determines in step S1403 whether a game ball has won any of the through gates 41. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64.

The MPU 62 determines that the gaming ball has not won any of the through gates 41 in Step S1403 (when it is determined that the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is not stored in the lottery counter buffer). In step S1404, the process for supporting the electric role is terminated without executing the process after step S1404.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the game ball has won one of the through gates 41 in step S1403 (determines that the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer). If this is the case, in step S1404, the electronic money variation start process is executed. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric role support processing.
Hereinafter, the electric-run change start process will be described in detail.

FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the electric-course fluctuation start process.
In the electrification change start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1510 as shown in FIG.
In step S1501, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high-frequency support mode by referring to the high-frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1501 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 62 determines in step S1502 whether or not the power role for the low-frequency support mode is appropriate. The table (see FIG. 7 (a)) is read from the electric power application table table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. If it is determined in step S1501 that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, then in step S1503 the high frequency support mode The electric power validity table (see FIG. 7B) is read from the electric power validity table storage area 63c of the ROM 63.

  After executing the processing of step S1502 or step S1503, the MPU 62 executes the electric power validity determination processing in step S1504. In this electric-power combination determination process, the MPU 62 compares the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the lottery counter buffer of the RAM 64 with the electric combination validity table read in step S1502 or step S1503. Then, the result of the election win / fail lottery (the election win / fail result) is determined. Note that, as described above, the election success / failure result is either “small winning” or “missing result”. The same applies whether the support mode is the low-frequency support mode or the high-frequency support mode. is there.

In step S1505, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the result of the electrification as determined in step S1504 is "small hit".
If the MPU 62 determines in the step S1505 that the electrification result is "small hit", the MPU 62 executes a stop result setting process for the small hit result in a step S1506. In the stop result setting process for the small hitting result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46. Here, the MPU 62 refers to the stop result table for small hit results stored in the ROM 63 in advance to determine information on the pattern to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1505 that the election success / failure result is not “small winning” (determines that the result is “outcome result”), the MPU 62 determines in step S1507 that the outcome result is Execute the stop result setting process. In the stop result setting processing for the departure result, the MPU 62 causes the RAM 64 to store information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46. Here, the MPU 62 determines the information on the picture to be finally stopped and displayed on the accessory display unit 46 by referring to the stop result table for the deviation result stored in the ROM 63 in advance.

After executing the processing of step S1506 or step S1507, the MPU 62 executes the processing of setting the electric-power display duration (electric-power display duration) in step S1508.
In the process of setting the duration of the electric winning display, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high-frequency support mode electric-power display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric-power display duration. Then, the determined electric-power display duration is set in an electric-power display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 62 stores the power for the low-frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63. By referring to the combination display duration table, the combination display duration is determined, and the determined combination display duration is set in the combination display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Here, the electric role display duration time table for the high frequency support mode is set to be shorter than the electric role display duration time table for the low frequency support mode. In other words, the duration display period of the electric hand in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
In addition, the power display duration determined by referring to the electrical display duration table for the high frequency support mode is determined by referring to the electrical display duration table for the low frequency support mode. This is different from the role display duration.
It should be noted that the electric duration display duration may be configured not to vary according to the support mode. In addition, the electric-power display duration table for the high-frequency support mode and the electric-power display duration table for the low-frequency support mode may be the same.

In step S1509, the MPU 62 sets a command for changing electric winning. This electric-power-change command includes information on the electric-power display duration. In step S401 of the normal processing, the MPU 62 transmits the command for changing the electric hand set in step S1509 to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the command for changing the electric role transmitted from the MPU 62. This processing will be described later in detail.

  In step S1510, the MPU 62 causes the accessory display unit 46 to start the variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric winning variation start processing.

Returning to the description of the process for supporting electric power, the process after step S1405 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S1401, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the accessory display unit 46 is performing variable display. If the MPU 62 determines that the accessory display unit 46 is performing variable display, the processing in and after step S1405 is performed. Execute

  In step S1405, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the duration display duration set in step S1508 of the variation start processing has elapsed. Specifically, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the value set in the electric display duration time counter of the RAM 64 has become “0” or less. It should be noted that the value of the electric display display time counter is updated by subtracting 1 from the previous value every time the timer interruption process is executed.

  If the MPU 62 determines in step S1405 that the duration display period has not elapsed, in step S1406, the MPU 62 executes a process for displaying the fluctuation of the electrical hand. In this process for displaying the change of electric winning, the MPU 62 updates the display of the display unit 46 for the accessory during the variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric role support processing.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1405 that the electric winning display duration time has elapsed, in step S1407, the MPU 62 executes an electric winning change ending process. In this electric-power variation change end processing, the MPU 62 stores the information stored in the RAM 64 in the processing of step S1506 or step S1507 of the electric-power variation start processing executed when the variation display is started on the accessory display unit 46 (the property). (Information related to a pattern that is finally stopped and displayed on the display unit 46). Then, at the end of the electric playing game time, the MPU 62 controls the display of the accessory display unit 46 so that the picture corresponding to the specified information is displayed on the display unit 46 for the variation display.

  Here, the display unit 46 for the accessory has a narrower display area than the symbol GS for the electric symbol in the symbol display device 51, and the pattern to be stopped and displayed on the display unit 46 for the accessory is the electronic symbol in the symbol display device 51. It is more difficult for the player to recognize than the two types of symbols consisting of the symbols “O” and “X” that are stopped and displayed on the symbol GS. Therefore, at the end of the electric play game, the player determines whether or not the small hit has been won by checking the electric symbol GS on the symbol display device 51 instead of the accessory display section 46. Therefore, attention to the display screen G can be increased.

In step S1408, the MPU 62 sets an electric win variation end command. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the electric fluctuation change end command set in step S1408 to the sound emission control device 90. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric role support processing.
In addition, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process for terminating the effect of the electric winning game based on the electric winning variation end command transmitted from the MPU 62. Here, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured so as to independently terminate the effect of the electric play game without receiving the electric change fluctuation end command.

<Electric accessory opening process>
FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a flowchart of the electric accessory opening processing.
In the electric accessory opening process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1601 to S1604 as shown in FIG.
In step S1601, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the operation is in the open / close execution mode. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1601 that it is in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory opening processing without executing the processing of step S1602 and thereafter. Therefore, when it is determined that the opening / closing execution mode is being performed, the opening / closing process of the electric accessory 37a is not executed regardless of whether or not the winning of the game ball to each through gate 41 is detected.
Note that the MPU 62 determines whether or not the vehicle is in the open / close execution mode by referring to the open / close execution mode flag stored in the RAM 64.

In step S1602, the MPU 62 determines whether the variable display on the accessory display unit 46 has been completed. If the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the variation display on the accessory display unit 46 has not ended, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory opening process.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1602 that the variable display on the accessory display unit 46 has been completed, then in step S1603, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the electric win / fail result is “small hit result”. Is determined.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1603 that the result of the electrification is not the “small hit result” (determines that the result of the electrification is a “miss result”), the MPU 62 ends the electric auditors product opening process. .
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines in step S1603 that the electrification result is “small hit result”, the MPU 62 executes the electrification release execution process. In the electric-combination opening execution process, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the electric-compartment driving unit 37b to execute the opening and closing process of the electric-combination accessory 37a. Thereafter, the MPU 62 ends the electric accessory release processing.

<Electrical Configuration of Sound Emission Control Device 90 and Display Control Device 100>
FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device.
As shown in FIG. 26, the sound light emission control device 90 includes a sound light emission control board 91, an MPU 92 mounted on the sound light emission control board 91, and a ROM 93 and a RAM 94 constituting the MPU 92. Here, the MPU 92 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are combined into a chip.

The ROM 93 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require external power supply when storing the stored information. The ROM 93 has various areas such as an effect generation table storage area 93a and a reach data storage area 93b. These areas will be described later in detail.
The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed. It is. The RAM 94 has various areas such as various counter areas 94a, various flag storage areas 94b, and command list storage areas 94c. These areas will be described later in detail.

The MPU 92 has an input port and an output port. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the main controller 60 as described above. The input port of the MPU 92 is connected to the push button 25b. The output port of the MPU 92 is connected to the various lamp units 23, 53, 54, the speaker unit 24, and the display control device 100.
The MPU 92 controls the driving of the various lamp units 23, 53, 54 and the speaker unit 24 based on a command transmitted from the main control device 60.
Further, the MPU 92 transmits a command resulting from analyzing these commands to the display control device 100. Note that the sound emission control device 90 is electrically connected to the display control device 100 via a connector unit (connection unit) in which connectors are provided at both ends of the signal line.

  The display control device 100 includes a display control board 101, an MPU 102, a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 constituting the MPU 102, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Here, the MPU 102 is an element in which a CPU, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like in addition to the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 are combined into a chip. The MPU 102, VDP 105, character ROM 106, and video RAM 107 are mounted on the display control board 101.

  The MPU 102 analyzes a command transmitted from the audio light emission control device 90, performs a predetermined calculation process based on the command, and controls the VDP 105. Specifically, the MPU 102 controls the VDP 105 by generating a command for the VDP 105.

The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data, and is a non-volatile storage unit that does not require external power supply when storing the stored information.
The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the program ROM 103 is executed. It is storage means.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display unit driver incorporated in the symbol display device 51. Since the VDP 105 is formed as an IC chip, the VDP 105 is also called a “drawing chip”. The substance of the VDP 105 is a microcomputer chip containing firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 reads image data from the character ROM 106 based on the contents of the command generated by the MPU 102 and stores the image data in the video RAM 107.

The character ROM 106 functions as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 51. The character ROM 106 holds bitmap format image data of various designs, a color pallet table referred to when determining the expression color of each dot of the bitmap image, and the like.
The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 51, and the display content of the symbol display device 51 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

<Regarding timer interrupt processing executed by audio light emission control device 90>
FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of a timer interrupt process executed by the sound emission control device.
The MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 executes a timer interrupt process for advancing the game. In the timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 27, the MPU 92 executes Steps S1701 to S1705 periodically (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec).

  In step S1701, the MPU 92 executes a command storing process. In the command storing process, when receiving a command from the MPU 62, the MPU 92 stores the command in the RAM 94. Specifically, the RAM 94 has a ring buffer for storing and reading commands received from the MPU 62, and the MPU 92 stores commands in the ring buffer in the order received from the MPU 62. Note that the MPU 92 reads commands from the ring buffer in the order in which they are stored in the ring buffer.

In step S1702, the MPU 92 performs an effect determination process based on the command received from the MPU 62. In the effect determination process, the MPU 92 determines an effect for the game round, an effect for the electric game round, an effect for the variable pitch execution mode, an effect for the open / close execution mode, and the like. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 functions as an effect execution unit that executes an effect when a game ball enters the through gate 41.
In step S1703, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process based on the contents of the effect determination process in step S1702. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 controls the light emission of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54, and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S1704, the MPU 92 executes a demo display execution process based on the demo command received from the MPU 62. In the demonstration display execution process, the MPU 92 executes the demonstration display when a predetermined start waiting period for demo start (for example, 3 sec) has elapsed without a new game start being started after the game end. . Specifically, in the demonstration display execution processing, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54, and executes voice control of the speaker unit 24.

In step S1705, a command transmission process for transmitting the command set in the effect determination process in step S1702 and the demonstration display execution process in step S1704 to the display control device 100 is executed. In this command transmission processing, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to transmit various commands stored as a command list in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94 to the display control device 100, and stores the various commands in the display control device 100. When it is determined that the timing for transmitting the command has been reached, the command is transmitted to the display control device 100.
After that, the MPU 92 ends the timer interrupt processing.

<Regarding the effect determination process executed by the sound emission control device 90>
FIG. 28 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the effect determination processing.
The MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 performs an effect determination process for executing an effect for a game round, an effect for an electric game, an effect for a variable pitch execution mode, an effect for an open / close execution mode, and the like. Execute In this effect determination process, the MPU 92 executes steps S1801 to S1820 as shown in FIG.

In step S1801, the MPU 92 determines whether the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62 have been received.
If it is determined in step S1801 that each command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1810 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1801 that each command has been received, then in step S1802, based on the content of the type command, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the result is “big hit”. Is determined.

If the MPU 92 determines in the step S1802 that the win / fail result is “big hit win”, the MPU 92 executes the processes in and after the step S1803.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in the step S1802 that the result is not “big hit”, the MPU 92 executes the processing in the step S1804 and thereafter.

First, a description will be given of the processing (the processing after step S1803) when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is "big hit" in step S1802.
In step S1803, the MPU 92 executes a symbol determination process for a big hit. In this jackpot symbol determination processing, if the MPU 92 determines that the distribution result is the “high-frequency support mode result”, the MPU 92 determines that the same odd number of stop results is to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L. The information relating to the combination of symbols having numbers is determined, and when it is determined that the distribution result is the “low-frequency support mode result”, the same even number as the final result to be finally displayed on the activated line L is displayed. The information relating to the combination of the symbols having the numbers of is determined. The odd and even numbers are randomly determined by lottery or the like.

Next, a description will be given of a process when the MPU 92 determines that the win / fail result is not “big hit win” in the step S1802 (process after the step S1804).
In step S1804, the MPU 92 determines based on the content of the type command whether or not the result of the winning is “special winning”.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1804 that the result is "special winning", the MPU 92 executes the processing in step S1805 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1804 that the winning / failing result is not “special winning” (determining that the winning / failing result is “normally out of order result”), the MPU 92 performs the processes in and after step S1807. Execute.

First, a description will be given of the processing (the processing after step S1805) when the MPU 92 determines that the winning / failing result is “special winning” in step S1804.
In step S1805, the MPU 92 executes a special winning symbol determination process. In the special winning symbol determination processing, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a combination of symbols having the same English character as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L.

In step S1806, the MPU 92 executes a blade member opening notification effect determination process.
Hereinafter, the determination process of the blade member opening notification effect will be described in detail.

FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of a determination process of a blade member opening notification effect.
In the determination process of the blade member opening notification effect, the MPU 62 executes steps S1901 to S1904 as shown in FIG.
In step S1901, the MPU 92 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 92 determines whether the support mode is the high-frequency support mode by referring to the high-frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1901 that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 92 ends the blade member opening notification effect determination process without executing the processes in step S1902 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1901 that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 92 determines in step S1902 that the change command Based on the content, it is determined whether or not a game ball has won the lower operating port 37, triggered by winning of the central through gate 411. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines whether the through gate information is “1”. Then, when the MPU 92 determines that the through gate information is 1, the MPU 92 determines that a game ball has won the lower operating port 37 triggered by winning of the central through gate 411. If the MPU 92 determines that the through gate information is not 1, the MPU 92 determines that a game ball is not winning in the lower operating port 37 with the winning in the central through gate 411 as a trigger (the right through gate 412 is not activated). It is determined that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37 with the winning as a trigger).

When the MPU 92 determines that a game ball has not been won in the lower operation port 37 triggered by winning of the central through gate 411 as a trigger, the blade member opening notification effect determination is performed without executing the processing after step S1903. The process ends.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the game ball has won the lower operating port 37 triggered by the winning in the center through gate 411 as a trigger, in step S1903, the MPU 92 executes the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect. . This wing member opening notification effect is that after the variable display is started on the symbol display device 51 and before displaying a predetermined stop result, it becomes “special winning” in the winning / rejecting lottery, and the wing member 401a is opened. This is an effect to notify the player. The blade member opening notification effect will be described later in detail.

  In step S1904, the MPU 92 sets a blade member release notification effect command. Then, the MPU 92 stores the blade member opening notification effect command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This blade member opening notification effect command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for executing the blade member opening notification effect on the symbol display device 51 based on the blade member opening notification effect command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 informs the player that, after starting the variable display and before displaying the predetermined stop result, the winning / non-winning lottery becomes “special win” and the blade member 401a is opened.

FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating the opening and closing of the blade member and the timing of generating the blade member opening notification effect.
As shown in FIG. 30, the blade member opening notification effect occurs after the symbol display is started to be displayed on the symbol display device 51 and before a predetermined stop result is displayed. Specifically, the symbol display device 51 starts reach display after a high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed after starting variable display of symbols. Then, after generating the reach display, the symbol display device 51 generates a blade member opening notification effect before stopping the change display of the symbol.

  Also, as described above, the MPU 62 determines in step S903 whether or not the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended. If the MPU 62 determines that the variable display on the main display unit 45 has ended, the process proceeds to step S904. In, it is determined whether or not the winning or losing result is a winning ("big hit winning" or "special winning"). If the MPU 62 determines in step S904 that the hit / failure result indicates that a hit has occurred, in step S905, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the second result display unit flag is set in the RAM 64, and stores the second result in the RAM 64. If it is determined that the result display section flag is set, it indicates that the second result display section 45b based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operation port 37 starts the variable display, so that in step S906, , Set the variable ball running mode flag in the RAM 64. In other words, if the result of the winning or losing based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 is “special winning”, the MPU 62 immediately changes the variable display after the variable display on the main display unit 45 ends. The mode is shifted to the ball execution mode, and the blade member 401a is released. Specifically, after the variable display on the main display unit 45 is completed, the standby period (PD1) until shifting to the variable ball input execution mode and opening the blade member 401a is 0.5 sec. Further, the opening period (PD2) of the blade member 401a is 2 seconds as described above.

  Here, after confirming the opening of the wing member 401a, the player maximizes the rotational operation amount of the firing handle 27, and determines the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area by the side of the guide rail 34 where the exit portion is formed. When the game ball is guided to the right variable ball input mechanism 40 avoiding the variable display unit 43 or the like by shifting from the side to the opposite side (when the player starts right-handed), the blade After the member 401a is closed, the game ball reaches the right side variable ball entry mechanism 40. Specifically, when the player starts right-handing, it takes about 3 seconds (minimum arrival time) to about 5 seconds (maximum arrival time) for the game ball to reach the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. In other words, after the variable display on the main display unit 45 is completed, the standby period (PD1) until the operation shifts to the variable pitch execution mode and the blade member 401a is opened, and the opening period (PD2) of the blade member 401a is performed. Is shorter than the minimum arrival time (3 seconds in the present embodiment) in which the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27 reaches the right variable ball input mechanism 40. Since it is shorter, the player cannot make the right variable ball-entering mechanism 40 enter a game ball.

  On the other hand, after confirming the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect, the player maximizes the rotational operation amount of the firing handle 27, and the exit portion of the guide rail 34 forms the arrival position of the game ball in the upper part of the game area. When the game ball is guided to the right variable ball input mechanism 40 avoiding the variable display unit 43 and the like by shifting from the side of the side that has been set to the side of the side opposite thereto (the player starts right-handed Then, before the blade member 401a is closed, the game ball arrives at the right variable ball input mechanism 40. In other words, during the period (PD3) from the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a, the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 81 by the player rotating the firing handle 27 is rotated. Since it is longer than the maximum arrival time (5 seconds in this embodiment) to reach the right-side variable ball-in mechanism 40, the player can make the right-side variable ball-in mechanism 40 enter a game ball. Specifically, in this embodiment, the period (PD3) from the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a is 6 seconds.

  In the present embodiment, the blade member opening notification effect is generated after the symbol display is started to be displayed on the symbol display device 51 and before the predetermined stop result is displayed, but the predetermined stop result is displayed. It may occur after doing.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 62 sets the standby period (PD1) to 0.5 sec until the shift to the variable pitching execution mode and the opening of the blade member 401a after the variable display of the main display unit 45 ends. If the winning or losing result based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 is “special winning”, the display immediately shifts to the variable entering execution mode after the variable display on the main display section 45 is completed. Although the blade member 401a is opened, the process may immediately shift to the variable ball input execution mode and the blade member 401a may not be opened, for example, after a predetermined time has elapsed, the variable ball input mode is set. The transition may be made to open the blade member 401a.

In addition, the predetermined time may be randomly determined each time the winning or failing result based on the winning of the game ball to the lower operating port 37 is “special winning”.
When the predetermined time is determined at random, after the predetermined stop result is displayed on the symbol display device 51, when the player starts hitting right, the game ball is inserted into the right variable ball input mechanism 40. It is necessary to continue firing the game ball until the blade member 401a is opened in order to cause the game ball to be released. Therefore, when the time until the blade member 401a is opened is long, the game ball is greatly reduced.
On the other hand, if the period (PD3) from the generation of the blade member opening notification effect to the closing of the blade member 401a is set to 6 seconds, the player makes a right-hand shot after confirming the generation of the blade member opening notification effect. When started, the blade member 401a is released when the game ball reaches the right variable ball-in mechanism 40, and the game is played until the blade member 401a is opened in order to allow the game ball to enter the right variable ball-in mechanism 40. Since it is not necessary to keep firing the ball, even if the time until the blade member 401a is opened is long, the number of game balls does not decrease significantly.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the process of step S1902 is the first effect determination that determines whether or not to execute an effect in response to the entry of a game ball into the central through gate 411 in the low frequency support mode. Functions as a unit.
In the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect, when it is determined in the process of step S1902 that the effect is performed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411, information advantageous to the player is given. It functions as an advantage information giving unit.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the main controller 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode (when a predetermined condition is satisfied), the central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412. To be given.
In the present embodiment, the case where the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode is a case where the predetermined condition is satisfied, but other cases may be a case where the predetermined condition is satisfied. For example, in the low frequency support mode, a case where a predetermined number of game times or more are consumed may be a case where a predetermined condition is satisfied. In short, when the first ball entry means satisfies a predetermined condition, a higher value may be given to the player than the second ball entry means.

In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 gives advantageous information to the player when the pachinko machine 10 determines in the processing of step S1902 that the effect is to be performed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411. With the provision of the advantage information adding unit, the central through gate 411 gives the player a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main controller 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode.
On the other hand, for example, if the pachinko machine 10 determines in the processing of step S1902 that the effect is to be performed when the game ball enters the right through gate 412, the pachinko machine 10 sends the game ball to the right variable ball entry mechanism 40. The central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main controller 60 shifts to the low-frequency support mode by providing a movable baffle plate that prevents the ball from entering the ball. May be given to the player.
In short, the central through gate 411 only needs to be able to give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main controller 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode.

Returning to the description of the effect determination processing, the processing after step S1807 will be described with reference to FIG.
Next, in step S1804, the processing (the processing after step S1807) when the MPU 92 determines that the winning / failing result is not “special winning” (determining that the winning / failing result is “normally out of order result”) will be described. I do.

  In step S1807, the MPU 92 executes a normal-missing symbol determination process. In the normal departure symbol determination processing, the MPU 92 executes the display of the variation of the pattern based on the content of the variation command, with the winning of one of the upper operating port 36 and the lower operating port 37 as a trigger. (Which main display unit 45 of the first result display unit 45a and the second result display unit 45b performs the variable display) is determined, and the reach display is generated based on the content of the variable command. It is determined whether or not to perform.

The MPU 92 determines that the variation display of the pattern is to be executed with the winning of the upper operating port 36 as a trigger, and when it determines that the reach display is to occur, the reach is finally displayed as a stop result on the active line L as a reach result. The information related to the combination of the displayed symbols is determined. In addition, the combination of the symbols of the reach display is randomly determined by lottery or the like.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a symbol combination different from the symbol combination described above as a stop result to finally stop and display on the activated line L. I do. Specifically, the MPU 92 randomly determines a symbol combination different from any of the symbol combination having the same number and the symbol combination of the reach display by lottery or the like.

In addition, the MPU 92 determines that the pattern change display is to be executed with the winning of the lower operation port 37 as a trigger, and when it is determined that the reach display is to occur, the stop result that the stop display is finally stopped and displayed on the activated line L To determine information related to the combination of the symbols in the reach display.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the reach display does not occur, the MPU 92 determines information relating to a symbol combination different from the symbol combination described above as a stop result to finally stop and display on the activated line L. I do. Specifically, the MPU 92 determines a combination of a symbol having the same alphabetic character and a combination different from any of the combinations of the symbols in the reach display.

  After executing the processing of step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, the MPU 92 executes an effect pattern determination processing in step S1808. In the effect pattern determination process, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the variation command and the type command by referring to the effect table stored in the ROM 93 in advance. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects an effect continuation time (effect continuation period) and the content of the effect as the effect pattern. In step S1808, the MPU 92 also executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a notice display.

  Further, based on the selected effect pattern, the MPU 92 performs the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1703 described above.

  In step S1809, the MPU 92 sets a stop result command including information on the stop result determined in the processing in step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, and a pattern command including the effect pattern selected in step S1808. Then, the MPU 92 stores the stop result command and the pattern command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The stop result command and the pattern command are transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 51 to execute a game effect based on the stop result command and the pattern command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the game round based on the effect pattern selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90, and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 on the activated line L. Stop display.

After executing the processing of step S1809, or when determining that the change command and the type command have not been received in step S1801, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1810 and thereafter.
In step S1810, the MPU 92 determines whether or not a command for the variable pitch execution mode (blade member opening command, V-prize success command, or V-prize failure command) transmitted from the MPU 62 is received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1810 that the command for the variable pitch execution mode has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing from step S1813.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the command for the variable pitch execution mode has been received in step S1810, the MPU 92 executes the processing for determining the effect for the variable pitch execution mode in step S1811. In the variable entry pitch execution mode effect determination process, if the MPU 92 determines in step S1810 that the blade member opening command has been received, the MPU 92 refers to the effect table stored in the ROM 93 in advance, An effect pattern corresponding to the opening of the blade member 401a is selected. If the MPU 92 determines in step S1810 that it has received the V prize success command, the MPU 92 selects an effect pattern corresponding to the success of the V prize by referring to the effect table stored in the ROM 93 in advance. If it is determined in step S1810 that a V-winning failure command has been received, an effect pattern corresponding to the failure in V-winning is selected by referring to an effect table stored in the ROM 93 in advance.

  In step S1812, the MPU 92 sets a command for the variable pitch execution mode including the effect for the variable pitch execution mode selected in step S1811. Then, the MPU 92 stores the command for the variable pitch execution mode in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The command for the variable ball entry execution mode is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process in step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100, based on the command for the variable pitch execution mode transmitted from the MPU 92, performs the effect for the variable pitch execution mode (opening of the blade member 401a, success of the V-prize, or failure of the V-prize). Is read from the program ROM 103 for executing the effect corresponding to the above) on the symbol display device 51. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the variable pitching execution mode, and notifies the player that the blade member 401a has been opened, that the V winning has been successful, or that the V winning has been successful.

After executing the processing of step S1812, or when determining that the command for the variable pitch execution mode has not been received in step S1810, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1813 and thereafter.
In step S1813, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the power variation command transmitted from the MPU 62 has been received.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S1813 that it has not received the electrical fluctuation command, it executes the processing in step S1816 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S1813 that the command for changing the electric hand has been received, in step S1814, the MPU 92 performs a symbol determination process corresponding to the type of the result of the electric hand. In the symbol determination process, when the MPU 92 determines that the electrification result is “small hit result”, the MPU 92 determines “O” as a stop result to finally stop and display the electrification symbol GS on the symbol display device 51. Is determined, and when it is determined that the game result is the "missing result", the symbol "X" is displayed as a stop result to be finally stopped and displayed on the symbol combination GS in the symbol display device 51. Determine information about the symbol.

  In step S1815, the MPU 92 sets an electric stop stop result command including information on the stop result determined in the processing in step S1814. Then, the MPU 92 stores the electric stop suspension result command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The electric-power stop result command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission process of step S1705.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 51 to execute the effect for the electric win game based on the electric stop operation result command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 finally stops and displays the stop result determined by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

After executing the processing of step S1815, or when it is determined in step S1813 that the command for changing the electric win has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1816 and thereafter.
In step S1816, the MPU 92 determines whether an opening command has been received.

If it is determined in step S1816 that the opening command has not been received, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1820 and subsequent steps.
On the other hand, when determining that the opening command has been received in step S1816, the MPU 92 determines the type of the distribution result based on the content of the opening command in step S1817.

In step S1818, the MPU 92 executes an opening / closing execution mode effect determination process corresponding to the sort result type determined in step S1817. In the process of determining the effect for the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 92 selects the effect A as the effect for the opening / closing execution mode when determining in step S1817 that the game result is the “high-frequency support mode result”. When determining that the distribution result is the “low-frequency support mode result”, the MPU 92 selects the effect B as the effect for the open / close execution mode.
The duration time of the effects A and B corresponds to the time when the opening and closing of the special winning opening 38a is performed 15 times in the opening and closing execution mode.

  Further, based on the result of the selection of the effects A and B, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the display lamp unit 23 and the voice control of the speaker unit 24 in the effect execution process of step S1703 described above.

In step S1819, the MPU 92 sets an opening / closing execution mode command including information related to the opening / closing execution mode effect selected in step S1818. This open / close execution mode command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.
The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for executing the effect for the opening / closing execution mode on the symbol display device 51 based on the opening / closing execution mode command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 executes the effect for the open / close execution mode selected by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90.

After executing the processing of step S1819, or when determining that the opening command has not been received in step S1816, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S1820 and thereafter.
In step S1820, MPU 92 executes other processing. In other processes, the MPU 92 executes a process for advancing the effect for the open / close execution mode based on, for example, the open command, the close command, the ending command, and the like transmitted from the MPU 62. After that, the MPU 92 ends the effect determination processing.

<Relationship between game results and game state, etc.>
Hereinafter, a relationship between a game result and a game state based on execution of various processes will be described.
FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a relationship between a game result and a game state and the like. Specifically, FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a relationship between a game result excluding the “normally out of order result” and a game state and the like. The game result is arranged in a column direction, and the game state and the like are arranged in a row direction.
As shown in FIG. 31, the pachinko machine 10 distributes the “high-frequency support mode result” and the “low-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operation port 36 as a game result excluding the “normal loss result”. The result and the distribution result of the “high-frequency support mode result” based on the winning of the lower operation port 37 are provided.

  Hereinafter, the relationship between the game result excluding the “normally out of order result” and the game state will be described. In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 sets the relationship between the game result and the game state and the like as follows. However, the combination of the game result and the game state and the like, the content of the game result, and The contents of the game state and the like are arbitrary.

  In the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operating port 36, opening and closing of the special winning port 38a are executed 15 times. In the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operation port 36, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same odd number, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is effect A. . Further, in the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operation port 36, the support mode shifts to the high-frequency support mode.

  In the “low-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operating port 36, opening and closing of the special winning port 38a are executed 15 times. In the “low-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the upper operation port 36, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same even number, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is effect B. . Further, in the “low frequency support mode result” based on the winning in the upper operation port 36, the support mode shifts to the low frequency support mode.

  In the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the lower operating port 37, opening and closing of the special winning port 38a are executed 15 times. In the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the lower operating port 37, the stop result is a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character, and the effect for the open / close execution mode is effect A. Furthermore, in the “high-frequency support mode result” based on winning in the lower operation port 37, the support mode shifts to the high-frequency support mode.

  Therefore, the player confirms that the distribution result is the “high-frequency support mode result” or the “low-frequency support mode result” by checking the stop result and the effect for the open / close execution mode. can do.

<About the announcement of the release of the wing members and the flow of game balls entering the right variable ball entry mechanism>
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an effect for a game replay when a game ball wins in the lower operation port triggered by winning in the center through gate in the low frequency support mode. In other words, FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating an effect for a game round when a blade member opening notification effect occurs.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 when the winning / failing result is “special winning”.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
After the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the active line L (see FIG. 4) as shown in FIG. By displaying the same symbol combination (“A” in the present embodiment) to indicate the stop result, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed in that state to generate reach display. Move to reach period.

  In this reach period, the MPU 102 generates a blade member opening notification effect based on the blade member opening notification effect command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays the character above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and notifies the player to make a right-hand shot with the character's dialogue.

  Thereafter, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 32C, the MPU 102 displays a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character (“AAA” in the present embodiment) as an effective line as the stop result. The result of the success / failure lottery is notified by stopping and displaying on L.

After the MPU 102 stops and displays the combination of the symbols having the same alphabet on the activated line L, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to the open state.
Further, based on the blade member opening command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an effect for notifying the player of the opening of the blade member. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays the character on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and informs the player to make a right-hand shot with the words of the character.

Then, based on the command for the variable pitching execution mode received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 performs the effect for the variable pitching execution mode (corresponding to the success of the V prize in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 32E). Effect).
In the effect for the variable pitch execution mode, the MPU 102 executes an effect corresponding to the success of the V-prize when the game ball wins (V-prize) in the right entrance 404 in the variable pitch execution mode. Then, when the game ball does not win (V winning) in the right entrance 404, an effect corresponding to the failure of the V winning is executed.

FIG. 33 is an enlarged view showing the periphery of the right variable ball entry mechanism.
The MPU 62 controls the MPU 102 to stop and display the combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character on the activated line L, and then executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to the open state (see the arrow in the figure).
Here, as described above, when the player starts right-handing after confirming the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect, the game ball reaches the right side variable ball entry mechanism 40 before the blade member 401a is closed. It has become.

After 1 second has passed after the MPU 62 sets the blade member 401a to the open state, as shown in FIG. 33B, the MPU 62 controls the driving of the plate driving section 403c to thereby bring the plate 403a to the open state. The plate 403a is set to a closed state after a predetermined time (0.2 sec in the present embodiment) has elapsed (see the arrow in the figure) (see the arrow in FIG. 33C).
Then, when a game ball wins (V win) in the right entrance 404 or when 2 seconds elapse after the blade member 401a is set to the open state, as shown in FIG. By controlling the driving of the blade member drive unit 401c, the blade member 401a is set to the closed state (see the arrow in the figure).

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an effect for a game replay when a game ball wins in the lower operating port triggered by winning in the right through gate in the low frequency support mode. In other words, FIG. 34 is a diagram illustrating an effect for a game round when a blade member opening notification effect does not occur.
FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 when the winning / failing result is “special winning”.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
After the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the active line L (see FIG. 4) as shown in FIG. By displaying the same symbol combination (“A” in the present embodiment) to indicate the stop result, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed in that state to generate reach display. Transition to reach period.

  In this reach period, since the MPU 102 has not received the blade member opening notification effect command from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 does not generate the blade member opening notification effect as shown in FIG. Specifically, the MPU 102 does not display the character above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and does not instruct the player to make a right-hand shot with the words of the character.

  After that, based on the stop result command received from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. 34 (C), the MPU 102 displays a combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character (“AAA” in the present embodiment) as an effective line as the stop result. The result of the success / failure lottery is notified by stopping and displaying on L.

After the MPU 102 stops and displays the combination of the symbols having the same alphabet on the activated line L, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to the open state.
Further, based on the blade member opening command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 generates an effect for notifying the player of the opening of the blade member. Specifically, the MPU 102 displays the character on the entire display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and informs the player to make a right-hand shot with the words of the character.

Then, based on the command for the variable pitch execution mode received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 produces an effect for the variable pitch execution mode (corresponding to the failure in the V-prize in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34E). Effect).
In the effect for the variable pitch execution mode, the MPU 102 executes an effect corresponding to the success of the V-prize when the game ball wins (V-prize) in the right entrance 404 in the variable pitch execution mode. Then, when the game ball does not win (V winning) in the right entrance 404, an effect corresponding to the failure of the V winning is executed.

FIG. 35 is an enlarged view showing the periphery of the right variable ball entry mechanism.
The MPU 62 controls the MPU 102 to stop and display the combination of symbols having the same alphabetic character on the activated line L, and then, as shown in FIG. The blade member 401a is set to the open state (see the arrow in the figure).
Here, as described above, when the player starts right-handing after confirming the opening of the blade member 401a, the game ball reaches the right variable ball-input mechanism 40 after the blade member 401a is closed. ing.

The MPU 62 sets the plate member 403a to the open state by executing drive control of the plate driving section 403c as shown in FIG. 35B when one second has elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state. The plate 403a is set to the closed state after a predetermined time (0.2 sec in this embodiment) has elapsed (see the arrow in the figure) (see the arrow in FIG. 35C).
Then, when 2 seconds have elapsed after setting the blade member 401a to the open state, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c as shown in FIG. Is set to the closed state (see the arrow in the figure).

As described above, in the present embodiment, the right variable ball entry mechanism 40 moves toward the right side (second route) of the game area as a result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the through gate 41. It functions as a variable ball-in mechanism that allows game balls that have been fired to enter temporarily.
Further, in the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 determines whether to execute the effect triggered by the entry of a game ball into the right through gate 412 in the processing of step S1810, It functions as a normal information giving unit that gives information (see FIG. 34 (D)) to the player at a timing when the game ball cannot enter. At this time, the process of step S1810 functions as a second effect determination unit that determines whether or not to execute an effect in response to entry of a game ball into the right through gate 412 in the low frequency support mode.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect is performed in a case where it is determined in step S1902 that the effect is to be performed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411 as an opportunity. At the timing when game balls can enter the variable ball entry mechanism 40, information (wing member opening notification effect) is given to the player.

In the present embodiment, the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect is performed in the case where it is determined in step S1902 that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411 as a trigger. By giving information to the player at the timing when the game ball can enter the mechanism 40, information that is advantageous to the player has been given. However, information that is advantageous to other players may be given. .
In short, the advantage information providing unit provides the player with advantageous information when the first effect determination unit determines that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the first ball entry means. I just want to be able.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the MPU 102 generates the reach display after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, shifts to the reach period, and generates the blade member opening notification effect. An opening announcement effect may be generated. Then, when the player starts right-handing after confirming the occurrence of the reach display, if the game ball reaches the right variable ball input mechanism 40 after the blade member 401a is closed, Cannot start right-handed with the occurrence of the reach display, and therefore must start right-handed with the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect. In other words, the blade member opening notification effect is more advantageous information for the player.

  Further, in the present embodiment, after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 generates the reach display, shifts to the reach period, and thereafter executes the drive control of the blade member driving unit 401c to open the blade member 401a. Although the state is set, the blade member 401a may be set to the open state by executing the drive control of the blade member drive unit 401c without causing the reach display after the high-speed fluctuation period has elapsed. This makes it impossible for the player to start right-handed by the occurrence of the reach display, and thus has to start right-handed by the occurrence of the blade member opening notification effect. In other words, the blade member opening notification effect is more advantageous information for the player.

Here, as described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the player plays the game ball by firing the game ball with the firing handle 27 toward the right side of the game area so that the game ball is not reduced too much. be able to. Therefore, by setting the game ball to enter the right through gate 412 easily, the satisfaction of the player is improved, and conversely, the game ball is set to be difficult to enter the right through gate 412. Thereby, the degree of satisfaction of the player is reduced.
However, the value given to the player at the right through gate 412 is more than the value given to the player at the center through gate 411 simply by setting the game ball to easily enter the right through gate 412. Therefore, in the low frequency support mode, the player fires the game ball with the firing handle 27 toward the right side of the game area, and the gaming performance of the game machine may be reduced. There is a problem that there is.

On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode, the central through gate 411 has a higher value than the right through gate 412. In the low frequency support mode, the player fires the game ball with the firing handle 27 toward the left side of the game area.
Therefore, it is set so that the game ball can easily enter the right through gate 412, and the satisfaction of the player can be improved in the high frequency support mode, and the player can play the game in the low frequency support mode. The game ball is fired by the firing handle 27 toward the left side of the area.

According to the present embodiment, the following operations and effects can be obtained.
(1) The central through gate 411 gives the player a higher value than the right through gate 412 when the main controller 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode. Then, the game ball is fired by the firing handle 27 toward the left side of the game area. Therefore, for example, in the low frequency support mode, the game ball is fired with the firing handle 27 toward the left side of the game area, and in the high frequency support mode, the game ball is fired with the fire handle 27 toward the right side of the game area. When the pachinko machine 10 is configured to notify the player of the information prompting the player to perform the game, the player shoots the game ball with the firing handle 27 without opposing the information notified by the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can improve its playability.

(2) In the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect, in the process of step S1902, when it is determined that the effect is executed when the game ball enters the central through gate 411, information advantageous to the player is given. Therefore, the center through gate 411 can give a higher value to the player than the right through gate 412.
(3) The sound emission control device 90 gives information to the player at the timing when the game ball cannot enter the right variable ball entry mechanism 40, and the setting process of the blade member opening notification effect is performed by the right variable ball entry mechanism. Since information is given to the player at a timing when a game ball can enter the ball 40, the center through gate 411 can give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412.

[Second embodiment]
Hereinafter, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same parts as those already described are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 36 is a front view of a game board according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the first embodiment, the game board 31 includes the upper operation port 36 and two through gates 41, and the through gate 41 includes a central through gate 411 provided above the upper operation port 36 and a central portion. And a right through gate 412 provided on the right side.
On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 36, the gaming board 31 includes an upper operation port 36A and two through gates 41, and the through gate 41 is provided below the upper operation port 36A. And a right through gate 412 provided on the right side of the center. In other words, in the present embodiment, the positions and shapes of the upper working port 36A and the central through gate 411A are opposite to those in the first embodiment.

The upper working port 36A is provided at the same position as the central through gate 411 in the first embodiment, and is formed in the same gate shape as the central through gate 411. Here, entering the upper working port 36A refers to continuing flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area after passing through the gate provided in the game area. The entry into the upper working port 36A is also referred to as a prize, similarly to the entry into various prize ports.
Therefore, the game ball that has entered the upper working port 36A continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area, and enters the central through gate 411A as it is.
The upper working port 36A has the same function as the upper working port 36 in the first embodiment, except for its shape and positional relationship with the central through gate 411A.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the upper working port 36A allows the game ball fired by the firing handle 27 toward the center (first path) of the game area to enter, and then is ejected from the game area. Functioning as a reference ball entry means for continuing the flow down the game area without any change.
Then, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 execute the fluctuation display when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36A, and as a result of the stop of the fluctuation display, the game ball to the upper operation port 36A. Function as display means for displaying the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entry of the ball.

The central through gate 411A is provided at the same position as the upper working port 36 in the first embodiment, and is formed in the same opening shape as the upper working port 36. Here, entering the central through gate 411A means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening. The entry into the center through gate 411A is also referred to as a prize as in the entry into various prize openings.
The central through gate 411A has the same function as the central through gate 411 in the first embodiment, except for its shape and positional relationship with the upper working port 36A.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the central through gate 411A is provided below the upper operating port 36A, so that the first operating ball 36A allows the game ball that has continued to flow down the game area at the upper operating port 36A to enter. Functions as a ball entry means. In addition, the right through gate 412 functions as a second ball entry unit that does not allow a game ball that has continued to flow down in the game area at the upper operation port 36A to enter the ball.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes a process different from that of the first embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the electric-power-change start processing is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the details of the electronic variation change start process in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 37 is a diagram illustrating a flowchart of the electric-course fluctuation start process.
In the electrification change start process, the MPU 62 executes steps S1501 to S1510 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 37, the MPU 62 executes the processing of step S1506 or step S1507, executes steps S1511A to S1513A, executes step S1509A instead of step S1509, and executes other steps. The steps are performed as in the first embodiment.

After executing the processing of step S1506 or step S1507, the MPU 62 determines in step S1511A whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode.
The MPU 62 determines whether or not the support mode is the high-frequency support mode by referring to the high-frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1511A that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 executes the processing in step S1508 and thereafter, as in the first embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1511A that the support mode is not the high frequency support mode (determines that the support mode is the low frequency support mode), the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the main display unit 45 It is determined whether or not the first result display section 45a is in a variable display, that is, whether or not a game round is in progress.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is performing variable display, it executes the processing in step S1508 and thereafter, as in the first embodiment.
Here, in the present embodiment, as described above, the game ball that has entered the upper working port 36A continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the central through gate 411A as it is. In the electric game play based on winning in the center through gate 411A, the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 is always in a variable display based on winning in the upper operating port 36A.

Therefore, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 is performing variable display, the MPU 62 determines that the current time is an electric play game based on a winning in the center through gate 411A. Then, in step S1508, a process of setting the electric-power display duration (electric-power display duration) is executed.
In the process of setting the duration of the electric winning display, the MPU 62 determines whether the support mode is the high frequency support mode by referring to the high frequency support flag stored in the RAM 64.

If the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode, the MPU 62 refers to the high-frequency support mode electric-power display duration table stored in the ROM 63 to determine the electric-power display duration. Then, the determined electric-power display duration is set in an electric-power display duration counter provided in various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
On the other hand, when the MPU 62 determines that the support mode is not the high-frequency support mode (determines that the support mode is the low-frequency support mode), the MPU 62 stores the power for the low-frequency support mode stored in the ROM 63. By referring to the combination display duration table, the combination display duration is determined, and the determined combination display duration is set in the combination display duration counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

Here, the electric role display duration time table for the high frequency support mode is set to be shorter than the electric role display duration time table for the low frequency support mode. In other words, the duration display period of the electric hand in the high-frequency support mode is shorter than that in the low-frequency support mode.
In addition, the power display duration determined by referring to the electrical display duration table for the high frequency support mode is determined by referring to the electrical display duration table for the low frequency support mode. This is different from the role display duration.
It should be noted that the electric duration display duration may be configured not to vary according to the support mode. In addition, the electric-power display duration table for the high-frequency support mode and the electric-power display duration table for the low-frequency support mode may be the same.

On the other hand, if the MPU 62 determines in step S1512A that the first result display unit 45a of the main display unit 45 is not performing the variable display, the MPU 62 determines that the electric play game is based on the winning in the right through gate 412. Then, in step S1513A, a setting process of the long-term electric-power display duration (long-term electric-power display duration) is executed.
Therefore, in the present embodiment, the process for supporting the electric actor determines that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36A. If it is determined that the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36A is not executed, the function as a ball entry determination means for determining that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, when the game ball enters each of the through gates 41, the electrical activity support process determines whether the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A or the right through gate 412. Functions as a means.

In the process of setting the long-term power display duration, the MPU 62 determines the long-duration power display duration by referring to the long-duration display duration table stored in the ROM 63, and determines the determined long-duration display duration. The time is set in the electric display duration time counter provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.
In the present embodiment, the long duration display duration is determined by referring to the long duration display table stored in the ROM 63, but is randomly selected from a plurality of durations by lottery or the like. It may be determined, or may be fixed at a predetermined duration.

  Here, the long-duration electric-power display duration table has a sufficient electric-power display duration compared to the low-frequency support mode electric-power display duration table and the high-frequency support mode electric-power display duration table. Is set to be a long time (for example, 60 seconds). In other words, the long-term power display duration is sufficiently longer than the power display duration in the low-frequency support mode or the power display duration in the high-frequency support mode.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the main controller 60 shifts to the low-frequency support mode, the processing for setting the long-duration power display duration is based on the entry of a game ball into the right through gate 412. By setting the duration of the fluctuation display to be longer than the duration of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the center through gate 411A, the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the right through gate 412 is performed. Functions as a fluctuating state setting means for setting the state of the fluctuating display to be more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuating display based on the entry of a game ball into the central through gate 411A.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the long-duration electric-power display duration setting processing is to set the duration of the variable display to be long when it is determined in the electric-power support processing that a game ball has entered the central through gate 411A. If the display is set to the combination display duration (normal duration) and it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412 in the processing for supporting the combination of electric power, the duration of the variable display is set to the duration of the display of electricity. Is set to a long long-duration display duration (long-term duration).

After executing the processing of step S1508 or the processing of step S1513A, the MPU 62 sets a command for changing the electric hand in step S1509A. The command for changing the electric role includes information on the display duration of the electric role or the display duration of the long-term electric role. In step S401 of the normal process, the MPU 62 transmits the command for changing the electric hand set in step S1509A to the sound emission control device 90.
Note that the sound emission control device 90 executes a predetermined process based on the electric power variation command transmitted from the MPU 62. This processing will be described later in detail.

  In step S1510, the MPU 62 causes the accessory display unit 46 to start the variable display. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric winning variation start processing.

According to this embodiment, the same operation and effect as those of the first embodiment can be obtained, and the following operation and effect can be obtained.
(1) When the main control device 60 shifts to the low-frequency support mode, the main control device 60 sets the variable display state based on the entering of a game ball into the right through gate 412 in the center of the variable display state. Since the setting is made so as to be more disadvantageous than the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball into the through gate 411A, the central through gate 411A can give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412. it can. Therefore, in the low frequency support mode, the player shoots the game ball with the firing handle 27 toward the center (first route) of the game area.

(2) The long-term power display duration setting process is to change the duration of the variable display based on the entering of a game ball to the right through gate 412 to the continuation of the variable display based on the entering of a game ball to the central through gate 411A. Since the time is set to be longer than the time, the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the right through gate 412 is longer than the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the center through gate 411A. Efficiency is lost. Therefore, in the process of setting the long duration display duration, the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the right through gate 412 is set to be smaller than the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the central through gate 411A. Can be set to be disadvantageous.

(3) Since the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the electric power supporting process, even when the plurality of through gates 41 having the same function are provided, the pachinko machine 10 is provided in either the center through gate 411A or the right through gate 412. It can be determined whether the game ball has entered. In addition, the long-duration electric display duration setting process is to determine the duration of the variable display to be the electric display duration when it is determined that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A in the electric-leg support process. When it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412 in the processing for supporting the electric hand, the duration of the variable display is set to the long duration of the electric role display longer than the duration of the electric role display. Therefore, the center through gate 411A can give the player a higher value than the right through gate 412. Therefore, in the low frequency support mode, the player shoots the game ball with the firing handle 27 toward the center (first route) of the game area.

(4) The game ball that has entered the upper operating port 36A continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the central through gate 411A as it is, so that the game ball enters the central through gate 411A. When the ball is hit, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36A is always executed. Then, in the case of executing the fluctuation display based on the entry of a game ball into the upper operation port 36A, the electric role support process determines that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411A and performs the upper operation. When the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 36A is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, when the gaming ball enters each of the through gates 41, the electric role support process refers to whether or not the variable display based on the entering of the ball into the upper working port 36A is being performed. Since it is possible to determine which of the center through gate 411A and the right through gate 412 the game ball has entered, the configuration of the entry determination means can be diversified.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, etc. within a scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, the position and shape of the upper working port 36A and the central through gate 411A are reversed from those in the first embodiment, so that the main display is performed in the electric play game based on winning in the central through gate 411A. The first result display section 45a of the section 45 always displays the variable display based on the winning of the upper operation port 36A.

  On the other hand, for example, the positions and shapes of the upper working port 36 and the central through gate 411 are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the start of the electric gaming game for winning in the central through gate 411 is delayed. In the electric game play based on the winning in the center through gate 411, the first result display section 45a of the main display section 45 may be in a state where the variable display based on the winning in the upper operation port 36 is being performed.

  Specifically, in the present modified example, main controller 60 executes a process different from that of the present embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the processing for supporting the electric hand is different from that of the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the electronic role support process in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 38 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the electric role support process according to the modification of the second embodiment of the present invention.
In the process for supporting electric roles, the MPU 62 executes steps S1401 to S1408 in substantially the same manner as in the first embodiment. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 38, the MPU 62 executes Step S1409A after executing the processing of Step S1403 and before executing Step S1404, and performs other steps in the same manner as in the present embodiment. Execute.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1403 that a game ball has won one of the through gates 41 (if it determines that the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 is stored in the lottery counter buffer). In step S1409A, it is determined whether 1 second as a delay time (delay period) has elapsed.
Here, the MPU 62 counts the number of executions of the process of step S1409A as 500 when the number of times that the game ball is determined to have won one of the through gates 41 in step S1403 for the first time is 0, and reaches 500 times. It is determined that 1 second (delay time) has elapsed in the first time. The configuration for measuring the delay time is arbitrary. For example, the delay time may be measured using a real-time clock. In addition, when executing the electromotive change start process, the MPU 62 resets the count value.

If the MPU 62 determines in step S1409A that 1 second has not elapsed, the MPU 62 terminates the process for supporting electric power without executing the processes in and after step S1404.
On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1409A that 1 second has elapsed, in step S1404, the MPU 62 executes an electric winning variation start process. After that, the MPU 62 ends the electric role support processing.
Therefore, the process of step S1409A functions as a lottery delay unit that delays the execution of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the center through gate 411.

In this modification, the positions and shapes of the upper working port 36 and the central through gate 411 are the same as those in the first embodiment.
Therefore, the center through gate 411 allows the game ball fired by the firing handle 27 toward the center (first path) of the game area to enter, and then flows down the game area without being discharged from the game area. It functions as the first ball entry means for continuing.
In addition, the upper working port 36 is provided below the central through gate 411, and thus functions as reference ball entry means for entering a game ball that has continued to flow down the game area at the central through gate 411.

  Further, in the present modification, in the case of executing the variation display based on the ball entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36, the process for supporting the electric activity determines that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411. When it is determined that the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operation port 36 is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412.

  According to such a modification, the game ball that has entered the central through gate 411 continues to flow down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the upper working port 36 as it is. In addition, the processing for supporting electric power includes the processing of step S1409A for delaying the execution of the variable display based on the entry of a game ball into the central through gate 411. Therefore, when a game ball enters the central through gate 411, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36 is always executed. Then, when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the upper operating port 36, the processing for electric contribution support determines that the game ball has entered the central through gate 411 and performs the upper operation. When the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the mouth 36 is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the right through gate 412. In other words, when the game ball enters each of the through gates 41, the process for supporting the electric role is performed by referring to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entry into the upper operating port 36 is being executed. Since it is possible to determine which of the center through gate 411 and the right through gate 412 the game ball has entered, the configuration of the entry determination unit can be diversified.

In the present embodiment and the present modified example, when the game ball enters each of the through gates 41, the entering ball judging means executes the variable display based on the entering of the upper operating ports 36 and 36A. By referring to whether or not the game ball has entered the central through gate 411, 411A or the right through gate 412, it has been determined.
On the other hand, when the ball entry determination means detects that the game ball has entered the detection sensor 50f (when the center through gate flag is set in the RAM 64), the center through gates 411 and 411A are used. Is determined to have entered the game ball, and when the detection sensor 50g detects that the game ball has entered (when the center through gate flag is not set in the RAM 64), the game is transferred to the right through gate 412. It may be configured to determine that a ball has entered.
In this case, the detection sensor 50f functions as a first detection unit that detects that a game ball has entered the central through gates 411 and 411A, and the detection sensor 50g detects that a game ball has entered the right through gate 412. It functions as a second detection unit that detects that the ball has hit.

  According to this, since the ball entry determining means includes the detection sensor 50f and the detection sensor 50g, when a game ball enters each through gate 41, the center through gates 411 and 411A and the right through gate Which of 412 the game ball has entered can be reliably determined, and the configuration of the entry determination means can be simplified.

Further, in the present embodiment and the present modified example, when the main control device 60 shifts to the low frequency support mode, the change state setting unit performs the change display of the change display based on the entry of the game ball into the right through gate 412. The state is set to be more disadvantageous than the state of the variable display based on the entry of a game ball into the center through gate 411A.
On the other hand, the fluctuation state setting means is not limited to the case where the state transition means transitions to the normal game state, and in other cases, the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second entrance means. May be set to be more disadvantageous than the state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the first entry means. In short, the fluctuation state setting means is more disadvantageous in that the state of the fluctuation display based on the entering of the game ball to the second ball entry means is compared to the state of the fluctuation display based on the entering of the game ball to the first ball entry means. What is necessary is just to set.

Further, in the present embodiment and the present modified example, the change state setting unit sets the duration of the change display based on the entering of the game ball to the right through gate 412 to the change based on the entering of the game ball to the central through gate 411A. By setting the display duration to be longer than the display duration, the state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the right through gate 412A is changed to the state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the center through gate 411A. Was set to be more disadvantageous.
On the other hand, the change state setting means may change the winning probability of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the right through gate 412 by, for example, the winning probability of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the central through gate 411A. By setting to be lower than the above, the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the right through gate 412 is more disadvantageous than the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to the center through gate 411A. May be set. In short, the fluctuation state setting means is more disadvantageous in that the state of the fluctuation display based on the entering of the game ball to the second ball entry means is compared to the state of the fluctuation display based on the entering of the game ball to the first ball entry means. What is necessary is just to set.

In the present embodiment and the present modification, the pachinko machine 10 includes central through gates 411 and 411A, a right through gate 412, and upper working ports 36 and 36A as ball-entering means. The center through gates 411 and 411A and the right through gate 412 function as normal ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by allowing a game ball fired by the firing handle 27 to enter. The upper working ports 36 and 36A function as reference ball-in means for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball fired by the firing handle 27 to enter.
In addition, the main display unit 45, the accessory display unit 46, and the symbol display device 51 execute the variable display when the game ball enters the ball entry unit, and as a result of stopping the variable display, It functions as display means for displaying the result of an internal lottery performed based on the entry of a game ball into the ball means.
The setting process of the long-duration electric display duration is performed between the case where the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the upper operation ports 36 and 36A and the case where game balls enter the upper operation ports 36 and 36A are performed. It functions as a fluctuating state setting means for setting the state of fluctuating display based on the ball entering each through gate 41 differently when the fluctuating display based on not performing is performed.

In the present embodiment and the present modification, the setting process of the long-duration electric-power display duration is performed in the case where the variable display based on the entry of a game ball into the upper operation ports 36 and 36A is executed, Focusing on the fact that the state of the variable display based on the entering ball into each through gate 41 is set to be different between the case where the variable display based on the entering of the game ball to 36 and 36A is not executed, The present invention can be considered as a new invention that can diversify the state of the variable display based on the ball entering each through gate 41 and improve the playability of the gaming machine, which can provide a special operation and effect.
When attention is paid to this point, the upper working port 36A and the central through gate 411A do not need to be arranged close to each other as in the present embodiment and the modification, but may be arranged apart from each other. Further, the upper working port 36 and the central through gate 411 do not need to be arranged close to each other as in the present embodiment and the modification, but may be arranged apart from each other.

[Third embodiment]
Hereinafter, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same parts as those already described are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

<Direction pattern determination process>
In the first embodiment, after executing the processing of step S1803, step S1806, or step S1807, the MPU 92 executes an effect pattern determination processing in step S1808.
In the effect pattern determination processing, for example, an effect pattern corresponding to the reach display is selected. The reach display is generated at a predetermined timing from the start to the end of the game round, and after the symbol display is started to be displayed on the symbol display device 51, the normal reach that occurs after the elapse of the high-speed variation period, and after the occurrence of the normal reach , Super reach that occurs after the normal reach period elapses. The super reach ends after the elapse of the super reach period, and the symbol display device 51 stops displaying the symbols in a variable manner.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the symbol display device 51 functions as a variable display unit that variably displays a plurality of symbols. In addition, the voice light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 are displayed in the symbol display device 51 as an expected effect that causes the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player. Function as expected effect execution means.

In the present embodiment, among the effect patterns corresponding to the reach display selected in the effect pattern determination process, an effect pattern corresponding to super reach will be described in detail.
In the present embodiment, among the effect patterns selected in the effect pattern determination processing, descriptions other than the effect patterns corresponding to super reach will be omitted.

FIG. 39 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the effect pattern determination processing according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808 of the effect determination process. In the effect pattern determination processing, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2008 as shown in FIG.

  In step S2001, the MPU 92 determines whether to generate super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 specifies the display duration based on the contents of the variation command and the type command transmitted from the MPU 62, and determines whether the display duration corresponds to the occurrence of super reach. By doing so, it is determined whether or not to generate super reach.

When determining that super reach is not to be generated, the MPU 92 executes an effect pattern determination process without executing the processes in and after step S2002.
On the other hand, when determining that super reach is to be generated, the MPU 92 executes a story selection process in step S2002. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects any one of three stories of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation. Here, these three stories are configured as if they were chronologically continuous in the order of low expectation, medium expectation, and high expectation.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the reach display (super reach) includes three stories that are continuous in time series.
Further, in the present embodiment, the story selection process functions as a story selection unit that selects any one of a plurality of stories as a subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the reach display includes three stories that are continuous in time series. However, the reach display may include two stories, or may include four or more stories. In short, the reach display may include a plurality of stories that are continuous in time series.

Here, the story with a low degree of expectation is a story that is difficult to be selected when the result of the winning / rejection lottery is “big hit” and is easily selected when the result is “normally out of order”.
A story with a high degree of expectation is a story that is likely to be selected when the result of the win / loss lottery is “big hit win”, and is difficult to be selected when the result is “normally out of order result”.
If the result of the winning lottery is "big hit", the story of the medium expectation is a story that is easier to select than the story of the lower expectation, and is less likely to be selected than the story of the higher expectation. If the result of the lottery is “normally out of order result”, it is a story that is less likely to be selected than a story with a low degree of expectation and that is easier to select than a story with a high degree of expectation.

  FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating super reach when a story with a low degree of expectation is selected. More specifically, FIG. 40A is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a story with a low degree of expectation is progressing, and FIG. FIG. 40C is a diagram illustrating the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the elapse of the super reach period in the case of “winning”, and FIG. 40C illustrates the super reach in the case of the success / failure result being “normal out of order result”. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after a period passes.

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, after the normal reach period has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 40A, the MPU 102 reduces the size of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G. The display shifts to the super reach period by displaying almost the entire area. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Confront the angel with the devil on the left.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and displays an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story on the symbol display device 51. At the upper right position of the display screen G.

  The indicator IND1 has a linear part displayed along the left-right direction, and a circular part formed at each of the left end, the center, and the right end. These rounded parts indicate the degree of expectation of super reach. Specifically, the round part at the left end indicates that the story with low expectation is progressing, the round part at the center indicates that the story with medium expectation is progressing, and the right end The circled part of indicates that a highly-reliable super reach is progressing. In FIG. 40A, the MPU 102 assigns a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is progressing.

  The indicator IND2 has a linear part displayed along the left-right direction. This linear portion indicates the progress of the story. Specifically, the left end of the linear portion indicates the start point of the low-expected story, and the right end indicates the end point of the low-expected story. In FIG. 40A, the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that the story has a low expectation. Further, in FIGS. 40B and 40C, the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating the end point of the story with a low degree of expectation.

  After the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won this battle. More specifically, if the winning or non-winning result is "big hit", the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Thus, the player is notified that the result of winning is "big hit". In addition, when the result is “normal out-of-normal result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Notify the player that the success / failure result is “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 41 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of the symbol display device when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected. Specifically, FIG. 41 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a story with a medium expectation degree is in progress, and FIG. FIG. 41C is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the elapse of the super reach period in the case of “winning”, and FIG. 41C illustrates the super reach in the case of the success / failure result being “normally out of order result”. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after a period passes.

  In the story of the medium expectation degree, after the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the size of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 as shown in FIG. The display shifts to the super reach period by displaying almost the entire area. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and displays an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story on the symbol display device 51. At the upper right position of the display screen G. In FIG. 41A, the MPU 102 has provided a mark M1 (black circle) at the center of a round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing. In FIG. 41A, the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that the story of the medium expectation level has started. In addition, in FIGS. 41B and 41C, the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating the end point of the story with the medium expectation.

  After the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 42 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of the symbol display device when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected. Specifically, FIG. 42 (A) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing, and FIG. FIG. 42C is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after the elapse of the super reach period in the case of “winning”, and FIG. 42C shows the super reach in the case of the success / failure result being “normal out of order result”. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after a period passes.

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, after the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the size of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G as shown in FIG. The display shifts to the super reach period by displaying almost the entire area. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display mode, arranges the symbol columns at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Have the angel open the treasure chest.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and displays an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story on the symbol display device 51. At the upper right position of the display screen G. In FIG. 42 (A), the MPU 102 has provided a mark M1 (black circle) at the right end of the round part of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing. In FIG. 42A, the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the left end of the indicator IND2 indicating that the high expectation story has started. Also, in FIGS. 42 (B) and (C), the MPU 102 attaches a mark M2 (black circle) to the right end of the indicator IND2 indicating the end point of the highly anticipated story.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND1 functions as a story type notifying unit that notifies the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the story type notification unit employs the indicator IND1, but may employ sound or the like. In short, the story type notifying unit only needs to be able to notify the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress.

  After the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or non-winning result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 stops entering the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 and displays the treasure in the angel as shown in FIG. 42 (B). By notifying the player of the treasure chest, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "winning". In addition, when the success / failure result is the “normally out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not include the treasure in the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 as illustrated in FIG. By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is notified that the result of the success or failure is a "normally out of order result".

Returning to the description of the effect pattern determination processing, the processing after step S2003 will be described with reference to FIG.
After selecting any one of the three stories of the low expectation, the medium expectation, and the high expectation in the story selection processing of step S2002, the MPU 92 proceeds to step S2003 to perform the story selection processing of step S2002. It is determined whether a story with a low degree of expectation has been selected.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that a story with a low degree of expectation has been selected, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination processing without executing the processing in step S2004 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that a low-expected story has not been selected (determines that a medium-expected or high-expected story has been selected), the MPU 92 returns to step S2004. , A lottery process of a fast-forward effect is executed. In the lottery process of the fast-forward effect, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect.
Specifically, the MPU 92 executes a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect by using the value of the effect generation counter. The effect generation counter is provided in various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94.

The effect generation counter is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value each time the effect is updated. The effect occurrence counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in an effect occurrence counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 94.
Then, based on the value of the effect generation counter stored in the effect generation counter buffer, the MPU 92 executes a lottery (fast-forward effect generation lottery) as to whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect. Specifically, the MPU 92 obtains the value of the effect generation counter stored in the effect generation counter buffer, and compares this value with the effect generation table to determine whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect. Execute The effect generation table is a table that stores random number values related to the occurrence of the fast-forward effect, and is stored in the effect generation table storage area 93a of the ROM 93.

  Therefore, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2003 that a story with a low degree of expectation has been selected, the process of determining the effect pattern ends without executing the lottery process of the fast-forward effect of step S2004. Does not occur.

In step S2005, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the fast-forward effect generation lottery has been won in step S2004 (whether or not to generate a fast-forward effect).
When determining that the fast-forward effect is not to be generated in step S2005, the MPU 92 ends the effect pattern determination process without executing the processes in and after step S2005.

  On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that a fast-forward effect is to be generated in step S2005, the MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect generation flag in step S2006. The MPU 92 sets the fast-forward effect generation flag by substituting 1 into an area indicating the fast-forward effect generation flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94, and sets the fast-forward effect generation flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94. The fast-forward effect generation flag is cleared by substituting 0 into the area indicating the generation flag.

  Here, the fast-forward effect generation flag is a flag for specifying that a fast-forward effect is to be generated during the super reach period. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not to generate the fast-forward effect by referring to the area indicating the fast-forward effect generation flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94.

  In step S2007, the MPU 92 executes a start story selection process. In the start-time story selection process, the MPU 92 selects a story that proceeds before the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002 when starting super reach. Specifically, the MPU 92 selects a story whose expectation is lower than the story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002. Therefore, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the MPU 92 randomly selects a story with a medium expectation or a low degree of expectation, and in the story selection processing in step S2002. When a story with a low degree is selected, a story with a low degree of expectation is selected.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the start story selection process functions as a front story selection unit that selects a previous story that is chronologically earlier than the post story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002.
In the present embodiment, the reach display (super reach) is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story.
In the present embodiment, the reach display (super reach) is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story. May be set to be low, and the expectation of the first story and the second story may be set to be the same.

  In step S2008, the MPU 92 executes a process of setting a re-promotion flag. In the re-promotion flag setting process, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection process in step S2002 and a story with a low expectation is selected in the start story selection process in step S2007, the re-promotion flag is set. Is set, otherwise clear the re-promotion flag. Specifically, the MPU 92 sets the re-promotion flag by assigning 1 to an area indicating the re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94, and is provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94. The re-promotion flag is cleared by substituting 0 into the area indicating the re-promotion flag.

  Here, the re-promotion flag is a flag for specifying that re-promotion is to be performed during the occurrence of a fast-forward effect. In other words, the MPU 92 determines whether or not re-promotion occurs by referring to the area indicating the fast-forward re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94.

<Direction execution process>
In the first embodiment, the MPU 92 executes an effect execution process in step S1703.
In the effect execution processing, the effect execution processing is executed based on the contents of the effect determination processing in step S1702. Specifically, in the effect execution process, the MPU 92 controls the light emission of the various lamp units 23, 53, and 54, and executes the sound control of the speaker unit 24.

In the present embodiment, among the contents of the effect determination processing executed in the effect execution processing, the details of the effect determination processing corresponding to super reach will be described in detail.
In the present embodiment, among the contents of the effect determination processing executed in the effect execution processing, descriptions other than the contents of the effect determination processing corresponding to super reach will be omitted.

FIG. 43 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the effect execution process.
In the effect execution process, the MPU 92 executes steps S2101 to S2120 as shown in FIG.
In step S2101, the MPU 92 determines whether or not super reach is occurring.
If it is determined in step S2101 that super reach is not occurring, the MPU 92 executes the processing of step S2102 and subsequent steps. The processing of is performed.

First, a description will be given of a process when the MPU 92 determines that super reach is not occurring in S2101 (processes after step S2102).
In step S2102, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to generate a super reach. Specifically, when it is determined that the normal reach period has elapsed after the occurrence of the normal reach, the MPU 92 determines that it is time to generate the super reach, and when it is determined that the normal reach period has not elapsed, It is determined that the timing to generate the super reach has not been reached.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that it is not time to generate a super reach, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing without executing the processing in step S2103 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2102 that it is time to generate super reach, it executes super reach generation processing in step S2103. In the super reach generation process, when executing the start story selection process in step S2007, the MPU 92 generates a super reach of the story selected in the start story selection process. In the super-reach generation process, when the start-time story selection process in step S2007 has not been executed, the MPU 92 generates a super-reach of the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Then, the MPU 92 performs light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and performs voice control of the speaker unit 24 so as to correspond to the super reach of each story. The super reach data of each story is stored in the reach data storage area 93b of the ROM 93.

  In step S2104, the MPU 92 sets a super reach generation command including information related to a story when super reach is started. Then, the MPU 92 stores the super reach occurrence command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This super reach generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for executing the effect for super reach on the symbol display device 51 based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. As a result, the symbol display device 51 starts superreach of any one of the low expectation, the medium expectation, and the high expectation.

Next, the processing when the MPU 92 determines that super reach is occurring in S2101 (processing after step S2105) will be described.
In step S2105, the MPU 92 determines whether a fast-forward effect is occurring.
If the MPU 92 determines in step S2105 that the fast-forward effect is not occurring, it executes the processing in step S2106 and subsequent steps. The processing of is performed.

First, in S2105, the processing when the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect is not occurring (the processing after step S2106) will be described.
In step S2106, the MPU 92 determines whether the fast-forward effect generation flag is set in the various flag storage areas 94b of the RAM 94.

  When the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect generation flag has not been set in the RAM 94, the effect execution processing ends without executing the processing of step S2107 and thereafter. Therefore, when the MPU 92 determines that the fast-forward effect generation flag is not set in the RAM 94 (when the fast-forward effect is not generated), the MPU 92 proceeds with the super reach of the story generated in the super-reach generation processing in step S2103 as it is. Let it.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the fast-forward effect generation flag is set in the RAM 94, it is determined in step S2107 whether or not it is time to generate the fast-forward effect.
In the present embodiment, the timing of generating the fast-forward effect is set immediately after the occurrence of the super reach. Is also good.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2107 that the timing to generate the fast-forward effect has not come, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution process without executing the processes in and after step S2108.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines in step S2107 that it is time to generate a fast-forward effect, the MPU 92 executes a fast-forward effect generation process in step S2108. In the fast-forward effect generation process, the MPU 92 generates a fast-forward effect from the super reach of the story selected in the start-time story selection process to the super reach of the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Then, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and executes voice control of the speaker unit 24 so as to correspond to the occurrence of the fast-forward effect.

FIG. 44 is a diagram illustrating the relationship between the durations of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 44 (A) is a diagram showing the duration of super reach when a fast-forward effect does not occur, and FIGS. 44 (B) to (D) show super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. FIG.
As shown in FIG. 44 (A), the duration of the super reach when the fast-forward effect does not occur is 40 seconds for the story with low expectation and the story with medium expectation, and 50 sec for the story with high expectation. is there.
In FIG. 44, characters indicating the degree of expectation of the story are circled below the line segment indicating the duration of the super reach of the story. Specifically, low-expected stories are indicated by circled low characters, medium-expected stories are indicated by circled middle characters, and high-expected stories are indicated by circled high characters. It is circled and shown. The same applies to the following drawings.

  On the other hand, a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing of step S2002, and a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start of step S2007. Are totaled 40 seconds as shown in FIG. 44 (B). In this case, the fast-forward effect is that the low-expected story selected in the start-time story selection process in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 sec, and the middle expectation selected in the step S2002 story selection process. A super reach is formed by connecting to the point in time when the next story has been advanced for 20 seconds (the point when the remaining 20 seconds are left). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of a story with a low degree of expectation at the time of occurrence of a fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDL.

  In addition, a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and the duration of the super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. Are 50 seconds in total, as shown in FIG. In this case, in the fast-forward effect, the middle-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 sec, and the high expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002. A super reach is formed by connecting to the point in time when the story has been advanced for 20 seconds (the point in time when 30 seconds remain). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the middle expectation story is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the medium expectation at the time of occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDM.

  Further, a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007. Are 50 seconds in total, as shown in FIG. In this case, in the fast-forward effect, the low-expected story and the medium-expected story selected in the start-time story selection process in step S2007 are each fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 sec. The super-reach is configured by connecting the story with the high expectation degree selected in the story selection processing at the time when the story progresses for 40 sec (the time when the remaining 10 sec is reached). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, is promoted to the middle-expected story when 20 seconds have elapsed, and ends when 40 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the low degree of expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDL, and the end point of the story of the medium degree of expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as the promotion point PDM.

  In the present embodiment, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. Indicates that the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story starts, and after 20 seconds, it is promoted to the middle-expected story and connected to the high-expected story. You may be connected to a highly anticipated story without being promoted to that story.

  Here, the duration of the super reach is set to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002, regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. I have. Specifically, when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the duration of the super reach is such that a fast-forward effect is not generated even if a fast-forward effect is generated. It is even 40 seconds. Also, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the super-reach continues for 50 seconds regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. It is.

The duration of the super-reach and the speed of the fast-forward are not limited to these and are optional. For example, the durations of the super reach may all be the same or they may all be different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as the speed is higher than the normal speed.
Further, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super-reach corresponds to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002, regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. Has been set, but may not be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002.

Returning to the description of the effect execution processing, the processing after step S2109 will be described with reference to FIG.
In step S2109, the MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect generation command including information on the occurrence of the fast-forward effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the fast-forward effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The fast-forward effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission process in step S1705. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for causing the symbol display device 51 to generate a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 generates a fast-forward effect.

Next, a description will be given of a process performed in S2105 when the MPU 92 determines that a fast-forward effect is occurring (processes after step S2110).
In step S2110, the MPU 92 determines whether it is time to end the fast-forward effect. Specifically, after generating the fast-forward effect, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the promotion time point PDL or PDM has been reached.

  If it is determined in step S2110 that the timing to end the fast-forward effect has not been reached, the MPU 92 executes the processing in step S2111 and subsequent steps. , And executes the processing from step S2119.

First, a description will be given of a case where it is determined in S2110 that the timing to end the fast-forward effect has not been reached (the processing after step S2111).
In step S2111, the MPU 92 determines whether the press of the push button 25b has been detected.

When determining that the press of the push button 25b has not been detected, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing without executing the processing of step S2112 and thereafter.
On the other hand, when the MPU 92 determines that the press of the push button 25b is detected, in step S2112, the MPU 92 updates the value of the push button counter PBN provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 by adding one. I do.
Note that the MPU 92 resets the value of the push button counter PBN by substituting 0 in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 described above.

  In step S2113, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than a specified number. Here, the specified number of times defines the number of times the push button 25b is pressed to promote the story. The specified number of times is set, for example, to a number that allows the player to complete the operation within 10 seconds. In other words, the specified number of times is controlled by the player before the promotion point PDL or PDM, regardless of whether the story with a low degree of expectation is fast-forwarded or the story with a medium expectation degree is fast-forwarded. Is set to the number of times that can be completed.

If the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the value of the push button counter PBN is not equal to or greater than the specified number, the effect execution process ends without executing the processes in step S2114 and thereafter.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2113 that the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or greater than the specified number, it executes story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114. In the story promotion effect generation processing, the MPU 92 promotes the story of the current expectation during fast forward to the story of the next higher expectation. Specifically, when a story with a low expectation is fast forwarded, the story with the low expectation is promoted to a story with a medium expectation. If the story with the medium expectation is fast-forwarded, the story with the medium expectation is promoted to the story with the high expectation. Then, the MPU 92 executes the light emission control of the various lamp units 23 so as to correspond to the story promotion effect, and executes the audio control of the speaker unit 24.

  In step S2115, the MPU 92 sets a story promotion effect generation command including information on the occurrence of the story promotion effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the story promotion effect generation command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. The story promotion effect generation command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the command transmission process of step S1705 described above.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads from the program ROM 103 a data table for executing the story promotion effect on the symbol display device 51 based on the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 generates a story promotion effect.

In step S2116, the MPU 92 determines whether or not the re-promotion flag is set in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94.
If the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag is set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2117.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag has not been set in the RAM 94, it executes the processing from step S2119.

First, a description will be given of a process performed in S2116 when the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag is set in the RAM 94 (the process after step S2117).
In step S2117, the MPU 92 substitutes 0 for the value of the push button counter PBN provided in the various counter areas 94a of the RAM 94 and resets it.
In step S2118, the re-promotion flag is cleared by substituting 0 into the area indicating the re-promotion flag provided in the various flag storage area 94b of the RAM 94. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing.
In other words, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002 and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, the MPU 92 sets the PDL at the promotion point in time. After promoting from a low-expectation story to a medium-expectation story, continue to fast-forward the medium-expectation story and re-promote the middle-expected story to a high-expectation story at the PDM at the time of promotion. Will be determined.

Next, a description will be given of a process performed in step S2116 when the MPU 92 determines that the re-promotion flag has not been set in the RAM 94 (the process after step S2119). Here, as described above, the MPU 92 also executes the processing from step S2119 onward when it is determined in step 2110 that the timing to end the fast-forward effect has come.
In step S2119, the MPU 92 executes a fast-forward effect ending process. In the fast-forward effect ending process, the MPU 92 ends the fast-forward effect, and then advances the story of the current expectation at a normal speed. Then, the MPU 92 executes light emission control of the various lamp units 23 and executes voice control of the speaker unit 24 so as to correspond to the end of the fast-forward effect.

  In step S2120, the MPU 92 sets a fast-forward effect end command including information on the end of the fast-forward effect. Then, the MPU 92 stores the fast-forward effect ending command in the command list stored in the command list storage area 94c of the RAM 94. This fast-forward effect ending command is transmitted to the display control device 100 in the above-described command transmission process of step S1705. Thereafter, the MPU 92 ends the effect execution processing.

  The MPU 102 of the display control device 100 reads, from the program ROM 103, a data table for executing the end of the fast-forward effect on the symbol display device 51 based on the fast-forward effect end command transmitted from the MPU 92. Then, the MPU 102 outputs a command to the VDP 105 based on the data table every time a predetermined image update timing (for example, a cycle of 20 msec) is reached. Thereby, the symbol display device 51 ends the fast-forward effect.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, the first story is fast-forwarded and then advanced, and then connected to the second story and progressed at normal speed. It functions as a fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect to be performed.
In the present embodiment, the process in step S2113 functions as a connection determination unit that determines whether or not to connect to a subsequent story after fast-forwarding and advancing the preceding story. Then, if it is determined in step S2113 that the connection to the subsequent story is made in the process of step S2113, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story to progress at a normal speed. If it is determined in step S2113 that it is not to be connected to the subsequent story, the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then the previous story is maintained and advanced at a normal speed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the push button 25b functions as an operation unit that receives an input of information when operated by the player, and the process of step S2113 is performed when the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced. , The push button 25b is operated by the player to determine that the connection to the subsequent story is made.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the process of step S2113 is that the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number of times by the player repeatedly hitting the push button 25b while the previous story is being fast forwarded and advanced. When it has become, it is determined that a connection is made to the subsequent story, but other criteria may be set. For example, the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is made when the push button 25b is pressed and held by the player for a long time and the push button 25b is kept pressed for a predetermined time or more. Is also good. In short, the connection determination unit may determine that the connection is made to the subsequent story by operating the operating means by the player when the previous story is being fast-forwarded and proceeding.
Further, in this embodiment, the operating means employs the push button 25b, but may employ a cursor key or the like. In short, the operating means only needs to be able to accept input of information by being operated by the player.

<About the super reach flow when a fast-forward effect occurs>
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low expectation to a story with a medium expectation. In other words, FIG. 45 shows a case where a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 45A is a diagram illustrating a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low degree of expectancy has been started, and FIG. FIG. 45C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 45C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a story with medium expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 45A to 45C is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are performed. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDL), FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a middle expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the medium expectation degree is connected to the point in time when the story with the medium expectation degree has been advanced by 20 seconds (the time point when the remaining 20 seconds remain) and is advanced. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, where the left end is set to 0 sec, the right end is set to 40 sec, and the middle expectation story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 45 (C), a low-expected story is maintained at the promotion point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the story with a low expectation is connected to and advanced at the time when the story with the low expectation has been advanced for 20 seconds (at the time when the remaining 20 sec remains). In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the point where it has progressed for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, which indicates that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the story with a low expectation has progressed for 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, if the winning or non-winning result is "big hit", the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Thus, the player is notified that the result of winning is "big hit". In addition, when the result is “normal out-of-normal result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Notify the player that the success / failure result is “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a medium expectation to a story with a high expectation. In other words, FIG. 46 shows a case where a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 46A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a medium expectation has been started, and FIG. FIG. 46C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 46C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 46A to 46C is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are performed. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the middle-expected story at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDM), the MPU 102 proceeds to FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion, the story of the medium expectation is promoted to the story of the high expectation at the PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the high expectation is connected to the story at the time when the story with the high expectation has been advanced for 20 sec (the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached). In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 2/5 (20 sec / 50 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 50 sec, and the highly anticipated story has been advanced for 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or non-winning result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 stops entering the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 and displays the treasure in the angel as shown in FIG. 42 (B). By notifying the player of the treasure chest, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "winning". In addition, when the success / failure result is the “normally out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not include the treasure in the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 as illustrated in FIG. By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is notified that the result of the success or failure is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 46 (C), the story with the medium expectation degree is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the medium expectation is connected to the story at the time when the story with the medium expectation is advanced by 10 sec (the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached). In other words, at this time, the story of the medium expectation degree is rewound to the time when it is advanced by 10 sec. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the middle expectation story is advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle).

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low degree of expectation to a story with a high degree of expectation. In other words, FIG. 47 shows a case in which a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the start story selection processing in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. More specifically, FIG. 47A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low degree of expectancy has started, and FIG. FIG. 47 (C) is a diagram showing a successful state, FIG. 47 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a story with medium expectation failed, and FIG. 47 (D) is a re-promotion to a story with high expectation. 47 (E) is a diagram showing a state in which re-promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 47A to 47E is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are shown by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDL), FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a middle expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 47C, a story with a low degree of expectation is maintained at the promotion point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to and advanced at the time when the low-expected story is advanced for 10 sec (the remaining 30 sec). In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the point in time when the story is advanced by 10 sec. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the story of low expectation has been advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, if the winning or non-winning result is "big hit", the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Thus, the player is notified that the result of winning is "big hit". In addition, when the result is “normal out-of-normal result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Notify the player that the success / failure result is “normally out of order result”.

  Further, when the MPU 102 is promoted from a story with a low degree of expectation to a story with a medium degree of expectation at the promotion point PDL, the fast-forward effect is continued as shown in FIG. 47B. In this fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with the medium expectation at fast-forwarding (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forwarding symbol indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. . Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDM), FIG. As shown in (2), at the promotion point PDM, the story of medium expectation is re-promoted to the story of high expectation. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with a high degree of expectation is connected to the point in time when the story with a high degree of expectation has progressed for 40 seconds (the time when the remaining 10 seconds remain), and is made to progress. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) in the indicator IND2 at the position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the left end is set to 0 sec, the right end is set to 50 sec, and the highly anticipated story is advanced by 40 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or non-winning result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 stops entering the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 and displays the treasure in the angel as shown in FIG. 42 (B). By notifying the player of the treasure chest, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "winning". In addition, when the success / failure result is the “normally out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not include the treasure in the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 as illustrated in FIG. By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is notified that the result of the success or failure is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 47 (E), a story with a medium expectation degree is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the medium expectation degree is connected to the point in time when the story with the medium expectation degree is advanced by 30 seconds (the time point when the remaining 10 seconds is reached). In other words, at this time, the story with the medium expectation degree is rewound to the point where the story is advanced by 30 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 3/4 (30 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2 at the position of 3/4 (30 sec / 40 sec) indicating that the left end is set to 0 sec, the right end is set to 40 sec, and the middle expectation story is advanced by 30 sec. (Black circle).

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND2 functions as a story progress notification unit that notifies the player of the progress of the subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the story progress notification unit employs the indicator IND2, but may employ a sound or the like. In short, the story progress degree notification unit only needs to be able to report the progress degree of the subsequent story to the player.

According to the present embodiment, the following operations and effects can be obtained.
(1) Since the display control device 100 includes the indicator IND1 that notifies the player which of the plurality of stories is being advanced, the display controller 100 quickly advances the first story and advances to the second story. Even in the case of performing a fast-forward effect of connecting and proceeding at a normal speed, the player can easily grasp which of a plurality of stories is proceeding. Therefore, the player can easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.
(2) Since the display control device 100 is provided with the indicator IND2 for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story, the first story is fast-forwarded and progressed, and then connected to the middle of the second story to have a normal speed. Even in the case of executing the fast-forward effect of proceeding, the player can easily grasp the degree of progress of the subsequent story.

(3) In the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, when it is determined in step S2113 that the connection to the subsequent story is made, the first story is advanced and advanced, and then the second story is performed. If the game is connected to a story and proceeds at a normal speed, and if it is determined in step S2113 that the game is not to be connected to a subsequent story, the previous story is forwarded and advanced, and the previous story is maintained and the normal story is maintained. Since the progress is made at a high speed, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

(4) In the process of step S2113, when the front story is fast-forwarded and progressed, the push button 25b is operated by the player to determine that the connection to the subsequent story is made. By operating 25b, the first story can be advanced and advanced, and then connected to the second story and advanced at a normal speed. Therefore, the player can make a transition consciously between a plurality of stories, so that it is possible to easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and to thereby improve the player's attention to the game. .

(5) Since the super reach is set so that the expectation degree of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation degree of the preceding story, the story is generated by the fast forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114. The faster you advance and the more you advance, the higher your expectations of super reach. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the fast-forward effect.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, etc. within a scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, in the fast-forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114, if it is determined in step S2113 that the connection to the subsequent story is made, the previous story is advanced and advanced. After that, after connecting to the subsequent story and proceeding at a normal speed, if it is determined in step S2113 not to connect to the subsequent story, the previous story is fast forwarded and advanced, and the previous story is maintained. And then proceeded at normal speed. On the other hand, the fast-forward effect execution unit may fast-forward the first story and proceed, and then automatically connect to the second story and proceed at a normal speed. In short, the fast-forward effect execution unit may fast-forward the first story and proceed, and then connect to the second story and proceed at a normal speed. In this case, the expected effect execution means may not include the connection determination unit.

  In the present embodiment, the expected effect execution means executes only the fast-forward effect in which the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the second story and advanced at a normal speed. A rewind effect that rewinds and advances a story may be executed in combination with a fast-forward effect. In short, the expected effect execution means only needs to include a fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect in which the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the second story and progresses at a normal speed.

[Fourth embodiment]
Hereinafter, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same parts as those already described are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the effect pattern determination processing is different from that of the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the effect pattern determination processing in the present embodiment will be described.

<Direction pattern determination process>
FIG. 48 is a view illustrating a flowchart of the effect pattern determination processing according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
As described above, the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 executes the effect pattern determination process in step S1808 of the effect determination process. In this effect pattern determination processing, the MPU 92 executes steps S2001 to S2008 in substantially the same manner as in the third embodiment. In the present embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 48, the MPU 92 performs the processing of steps S2009C and 2010C after performing the processing of step S2007 and before performing the processing of step S2008.

In step S2009C, the MPU 92 determines based on the content of the type command whether or not the win / fail result is “big hit win”.
If the MPU 92 determines in the step S2009C that the result of the win is not "big hit", the MPU 92 executes the processing of the step S2008 and thereafter, as in the third embodiment.
On the other hand, if the MPU 92 determines in step S2009C that the win / fail result is "big hit", in step S2010C, the MPU 92 executes a process of replacing a story with a medium degree of expectation. In the process of replacing the story with the middle expectation, the MPU 92 replaces the story with the middle expectation with the story with the highest expectation. This middle expectation story replacement process is executed only when it is determined in step S2005 that a fast-forward effect is to be generated. The story has been replaced.
Here, the story with the highest expectation degree is a story that is selected only when the result of the success / failure lottery is “big hit win”. Therefore, the story with the highest expectation has a higher expectation than the story with the highest expectation.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the process of replacing the middle-expected story is performed as a story replacement unit that replaces the previous story with a specific story (the highest expected story) different from the previous story (the middle-expected story). are doing.
Further, in the present embodiment, the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114 are performed after the middle-expected story is advanced and advanced, or in the middle-expected story replacement processing. After fast-forwarding and proceeding with the replaced story with the highest expectation, a fast-forward effect is performed in which the story is connected to the subsequent story and progresses at normal speed.

In the present embodiment, the story replacement unit replaces the middle expectation story with the highest expectation story, but may replace the low expectation story with the highest expectation story, for example. In short, the story replacement unit may replace the previous story with a specific story different from the previous story.
In the present embodiment, the specific story employs the highest expectation story having a higher expectation than the high expectation story, but has the same expectation as the high expectation story. May have a lower expectation than a story with a high expectation. In short, the specific story only needs to be different from the previous story.

  In the present embodiment, the process of step S2009C functions as a replacement determination unit that determines whether to replace the story with the medium expectation with the story with the highest expectation. In the process of replacing the story with the middle expectation, if it is determined in step S2009C that the story with the middle expectation is to be replaced with the story with the highest expectation, the story with the middle expectation is changed to the story with the highest expectation. If it is determined in the process of step S2009C that the story with the medium expectation is not replaced with the story with the highest expectation, the story with the medium expectation is maintained.

  Specifically, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 has a firing handle 27 that fires a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board 31 and a game ball that flows down the game area, An upper operating port 36 (starting ball entry means) for executing an internal lottery when entering a game ball. Then, in the process of step S2009C, when the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operation port 36 is won, it is determined that the story of the medium expectation is replaced with the story of the highest expectation. If the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper working port 36 is not won, it is determined that the story with the medium expectation is not replaced with the story with the highest expectation. In other words, the process of step S2009C determines whether to replace the middle expectation story with the highest expectation story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36. Has been determined.

  In the present embodiment, when the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 is won, the processing of step S2009C is changed from the story of the medium expectation to the story of the highest expectation. If the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 is not won, it is determined that the story with the medium expectation is replaced with the story with the highest expectation. Was. On the other hand, the replacement determination unit may determine whether to replace the story with the medium expectation with the story with the highest expectation based on other criteria. For example, the replacement determination unit may determine whether or not to replace the previous story with a specific story based on the result of another lottery different from the success / failure lottery, and based on other conditions other than the lottery, It may be determined whether or not to replace with a specific story. In short, the replacement determination unit only needs to be able to determine whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story.

  FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating a display screen of the symbol display device when the story is replaced with the story with the highest expectation. More specifically, FIG. 49A is a diagram showing the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 in a state where the story with the highest expectation is progressing, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 after.

  In the story with the highest expectation, after the normal reach period has elapsed, the MPU 102 reduces the size of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the display screen G as shown in FIG. The display shifts to the super reach period by displaying almost the entirety. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

Here, in the story with the highest degree of expectation, the MPU 102 moves the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right side similarly to the story with the middle degree of expectation. The movement speed is faster than that of the medium-expected story. In addition, the duration of the super reach is 40 sec in the story of the medium expectation, whereas it is 30 sec in the story of the highest expectation.
Note that the story with the highest expectation is present to replace the story with the medium expectation when the result of the win is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs. Will not be selected.

  Also, during this super reach period, the MPU 102 arranges an indicator IND1 indicating the degree of expectation of super reach at the lower right position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and displays an indicator IND2 indicating the progress of the story on the symbol display device 51. At the upper right position of the display screen G. In FIG. 49 (A), the MPU 102 also displays the mark M1 (black circle) even when the story with the highest expectation is progressing to the central circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that the story with the middle expectation is progressing. ). In other words, in the story with the highest expectation, the indicator IND1 is impersonated as if it were a story with a medium expectation.

  After the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, so that the success / failure result is “big hit”. Notify the player of this. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By not letting the angels find the treasure chest (letting them find garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player will not be notified that the result is a "normally off result".

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing the relationship between the durations of super reach. Specifically, FIGS. 50A to 50C are diagrams illustrating the duration of the super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs.
In FIG. 50, characters indicating the degree of expectation of the story are circled below a line segment indicating the duration of the super reach of the story. Specifically, stories with low expectations are circled with low letters, stories with highest expectations are circled with best letters, and stories with high expectations are circled with high letters. Indicated by circles. The same applies to the following drawings.

  In the case where a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002 and a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, a fast-forward effect is generated. As shown in FIG. 50A, the total duration of the super reach when the process of replacing the story with the medium expectation degree is executed is 40 seconds in total. In this case, the fast-forward effect is performed when the story with the low degree of expectation selected in the story selection processing at the start of step S2007 is fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 seconds, and the story with the highest degree of expectation advances by 10 seconds ( (Remaining time of 20 sec) to form a super reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of a story with a low degree of expectation at the time of occurrence of a fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDL.

  Also, in the case where a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002 and a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, a fast-forward effect is generated. As shown in FIG. 50 (B), the total duration of the super reach when the process of replacing the story of the medium expectation degree is executed is 50 seconds in total. In this case, in the fast-forwarding effect, the story with the highest expectation is fast-forwarded at 1.5 times speed to 20 sec, and the story with the highest expectation is advanced by 20 sec (at the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached), and the super Configure reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the start of the story with the highest expectation, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the highest expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point-in-time PDM.

  Further, a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing of step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start of step S2007. As shown in FIG. 50 (C), the total duration of the super reach when the process of replacing the story with the medium expectation degree is executed is 50 seconds in total. In this case, in the fast-forward effect, the low-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007 is fast-forwarded at 2 × speed to 20 sec, and the highest-expected story is fast-forwarded at 1.5 × speed. 20 sec, and the super-reach is configured by connecting the point where the highly anticipated story has progressed for 40 sec (the point when the remaining 10 sec is reached). Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the start of the low-expected story, is promoted to the highest-expected story when 20 seconds have elapsed, and ends when 40 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the low expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion time PDL, and the end point of the story of the highest expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as the promotion time PDM.

  Here, the duration of the super reach is set to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002, regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. I have. Specifically, when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the duration of the super reach is such that a fast-forward effect is not generated even if a fast-forward effect is generated. It is even 40 seconds. Also, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the super-reach continues for 50 seconds regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. It is.

The duration of the super-reach and the speed of the fast-forward are not limited to these and are optional. For example, the durations of the super reach may all be the same or they may all be different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as the speed is higher than the normal speed.
Further, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super-reach corresponds to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002, regardless of whether a fast-forward effect is generated or not. Has been set, but may not be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002.

<About the super reach flow when a fast-forward effect occurs>
FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low degree of expectation to a story with the highest degree of expectation. In other words, FIG. 51 shows a case where a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach in the case of performing the process of replacing the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. Specifically, FIG. 51A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low degree of expectancy has started, and FIG. 51B shows a state in which promotion to a story with the highest degree of expectation has occurred. FIG. 51C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 51C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a story with the highest degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 51A to 51C is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDL), the MPU 102 proceeds to FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a story with a low expectation to a story with the highest expectation. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central round portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story with the highest degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest expectation is connected to the story at the time when the story with the highest expectation has been advanced for 10 seconds (the time when the remaining 20 sec is reached). In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/3 (10 sec / 30 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 30 sec, and the story with the highest expectation has been advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle).

  Here, as described above, in the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 moves the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right, similarly to the story with the middle expectation. However, since the moving speed of the angel is higher than that of the story of the medium expectation, the player can easily understand that the story is the story of the highest expectation.

  In the story with the highest degree of expectation, as described above, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest after the elapse of the super reach period. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, so that the success / failure result is “big hit”. Notify the player of this. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By not letting the angels find the treasure chest (letting them find garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player will not be notified that the result is a "normally off result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 51C, a story with a low degree of expectation is maintained at the time of promotion PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the story with a low expectation is connected to and advanced at the time when the story with the low expectation has been advanced for 20 seconds (at the time when the remaining 20 sec remains). In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the point where it has progressed for 20 seconds. Further, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/2 (20 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, which indicates that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the story with a low expectation has progressed for 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (B), the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, thereby confirming that the winning / failing result is “big hit win”. Notify the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is "big hit" and a fast-forward effect is generated. , The player is not notified that the result is a "normal result".

  FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with the highest expectation to a story with a high expectation. In other words, FIG. 52 shows a case in which a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach in the case of performing the process of replacing the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. More specifically, FIG. 52A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after the story with the highest expectation has started, and FIG. FIG. 52C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 52C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 52 (A) to 52 (C) is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with the highest expectation at fast-forward (1.5 times speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. I do. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

  Here, the duration of the super-reach is 40 sec in the story with the medium expectation, whereas it is 30 sec in the story with the highest expectation. Is fast forward at 2 × speed, and if the highest expected story is fast forwarded for 20 sec, fast forward at 1.5 × speed. Then, in the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 moves the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right similarly to the story with the middle expectation. The speed is faster than that of the medium-expected story.

  Therefore, when comparing the mid-expected story with 2x fast forward and the highest expected story with 1.5x fast forward, the player can easily find the story with the highest expectation. Can not grasp. In particular, when the moving speed of the angel in the story with the highest expectation is set to 4/3 times the moving speed of the angel in the story with the medium expectation, the story with the medium expectation and the highest expectation is fast-forwarded to 20 sec. The speed at which the angel moves is exactly the same.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the promotion time PDM), the MPU 102 returns to FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion, the story with the highest expectation is promoted to the story with the highest expectation at the PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the high expectation is connected to the story at the time when the story with the high expectation has been advanced for 20 sec (the time when the remaining 30 sec is reached). In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 2/5 (20 sec / 50 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 50 sec, and the highly anticipated story has been advanced for 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 42 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest containing treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, and the success / failure result is determined to be “big hit win”. Is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By letting the angel find a treasure chest containing no treasure (empty treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 52 (C), the story with the highest expectation is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest expectation is advanced by connecting the story with the highest expectancy to the start time (the time when 30 seconds remain). In other words, at this time, the story with the highest expectation is rewound to the start point. Further, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the position of the left end (0 sec / 30 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 30 sec at the right end, and the start point of the story with the highest expectation. .

  Here, as described above, in the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 moves the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right, similarly to the story with the middle expectation. However, since the moving speed of the angel is higher than that of the story of the medium expectation, the player can easily understand that the story is the story of the highest expectation.

  In the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result after the super reach period has elapsed, depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, and the success / failure result is “big hit”. Is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By not letting the angels find the treasure chest (letting them find garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player will not be notified that the result is a "normally off result".

  FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low degree of expectation to a story with a high degree of expectation. In other words, FIG. 53 shows a case where a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of the super reach in the case of performing the process of replacing the story of medium expectation in step S2010C. More specifically, FIG. 53A is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low degree of expectancy has started, and FIG. FIG. 53 (C) is a diagram showing a successful state, FIG. 53 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a story with the highest expectation failed, and FIG. 53 (D) is a re-promotion to a story with a high expectation. 53 (E) is a diagram showing a state where re-promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 53 (A) to 53 (E) is a view showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are shown by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  Further, after the transition to the super-reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDL), the MPU 102 proceeds to FIG. As shown, at the promotion point PDL, the story is promoted from a story with a low expectation to a story with the highest expectation. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central round portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story with the highest degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 53 (C), a low-expected story is maintained at the promotion point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to and advanced at the time when the low-expected story is advanced for 10 sec (the remaining 30 sec). In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the point in time when the story is advanced by 10 sec. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/4 (10 sec / 40 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 40 sec, and the story of low expectation has been advanced by 10 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 40 (B), the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, thereby confirming that the winning / failing result is “big hit win”. Notify the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is "big hit" and a fast-forward effect is generated. , The player is not notified that the result is a "normal result".

  Further, when the MPU 102 is promoted from the story with the low degree of expectation to the story with the highest degree of expectation at the time of promotion PDL, the fast forward production is continued. In this fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with the highest expectation at fast-forward (1.5 times speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. indicate. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDM), FIG. As shown in (2), the promotion is re-promoted from the story with the highest expectation to the story with the highest expectation at the PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with a high degree of expectation is connected to the point in time when the story with a high degree of expectation has progressed for 40 seconds (the time when the remaining 10 seconds remain), and is made to progress. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) in the indicator IND2 at the position of 4/5 (40 sec / 50 sec) indicating that the left end is set to 0 sec, the right end is set to 50 sec, and the highly anticipated story is advanced by 40 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 42 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest containing treasure when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, and the success / failure result is determined to be “big hit win”. Is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By letting the angel find a treasure chest containing no treasure (empty treasure chest), the player is not notified that the result is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 53 (E), the story with the highest expectation is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion indicating that the story of the highest expectation is progressing in the indicator IND1.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the story with the highest expectation at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the highest expectation is connected and progressed at the time when the story with the highest expectation has progressed for 20 seconds (at the time when the remaining 10 sec remains). In other words, at this time, the story with the highest expectation is rewound to the point where it has been advanced for 20 seconds. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 2/3 (20 sec / 30 sec) in the indicator IND2, indicating that the left end is 0 sec, the right end is 30 sec, and the story of the highest expectation has been advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle).

  Here, as described above, in the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 moves the angel existing on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 toward the right, similarly to the story with the middle expectation. However, since the moving speed of the angel is higher than that of the story of the medium expectation, the player can easily understand that the story is the story of the highest expectation.

  In the story with the highest expectation, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result after the super reach period has elapsed, depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 49 (B), the MPU 102 causes the angel to find a treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, and the success / failure result is “big hit”. Is notified to the player. Here, the story with the highest expectation is replaced with the story with the middle expectation when the winning / failing result is “big hit” and a fast-forward effect occurs, so when the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is stopped. By not letting the angels find the treasure chest (letting them find garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player will not be notified that the result is a "normally off result".

As described above, in the present embodiment, the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114 are performed by fast-forwarding the story with the highest expectation replaced in the middle expectation story replacement processing. By doing so, it is disguised as if the story of the medium expectation is being advanced and advanced.
Also, in the present embodiment, the fast-forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114 replace the highest-expected story replaced by the middle-expected story with the middle-expected story. By fast-forwarding and proceeding at a speed different from fast-forwarding, the disguise is given as if the middle-expected story was fast-forwarding and proceeding. More specifically, the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114 prepare a story with the highest expectation speeding up the middle expectation story, and fast-forward the story with the highest expectation. When proceeding, the story with the medium expectation is fast-forwarded at a slower speed than when the story is advanced and proceeded, so that the story with the medium expectation is fast-forwarded and disguised.

  In the present embodiment, in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, a story with the highest expectation speeding up the middle expectation story is prepared, and the story with the highest expectation is fast-forwarded. When advancing and proceeding, a story with a medium expectation is fast-forwarded at a slower speed than when the story is advanced and proceeded. On the other hand, in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, the story with the highest expectation is prepared by lowering the story with the middle expectation, and the story with the highest expectation is fast-forwarded. When advancing the story, the story with the medium expectation is fast-forwarded at a higher speed than when the story is advanced, and the story with the middle expectation may be disguised as if the story is fast-forwarded and proceeded.

According to the present embodiment, the following operations and effects can be obtained.
(1) In the fast forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114, the story of the highest expectation replaced in the middle expectation story replacement processing is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then the subsequent story , And a fast-forward effect of proceeding at a normal speed is executed, so that the super reach can be diversified and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

(2) In the process of replacing the story with the middle expectation, if it is determined in step S2009C that the story with the middle expectation is replaced with the story with the highest expectation, the story with the middle expectation is replaced with the story with the highest expectation. If it is determined in the processing of step S2009C that the story with the medium expectation is not replaced with the story with the highest expectation, the story with the medium expectation is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified. In addition, the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

(3) The process of step S2009C determines whether or not to replace the middle expectation story with the highest expectation story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36. Is determined, the middle expectation story can be replaced with the highest expectation story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(4) In the process of step S2009C, when the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 is won, it is determined that the story of the middle expectation is replaced with the story of the highest expectation. However, if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the upper operating port 36 is not won, it is determined that the story with the medium expectation is not replaced with the story with the highest expectation. The person will pay attention to whether the story with the medium expectation is replaced with the story with the highest expectation. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 can improve the player's attention to the game.

(5) The fast forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114 are performed by fast-forwarding and proceeding with the highest expected story replaced in the middle expectation story replacement processing. Impersonate as if you are fast-forwarding the first story, making it difficult for the player to distinguish between fast-forwarding the middle-expected story and fast-forwarding the highest-expected story . Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether the story with the medium expectation has been replaced with the story with the highest expectation.

(6) The fast-forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114 are different from the fast-forwarding of the story with the highest expectation replaced by the middle expectation story replacement processing. Since the game is fast-forwarded and progressed at a high speed, it is possible to disguise the story as if it were fast-forwarding and proceeding with a medium expectation.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, etc. within a scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, a story with the highest expectation, which is a high-speed version of the middle expectation story, is prepared. On the other hand, in the fast-forward effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing in step S2114, a story with the highest expectation, which is obtained by lowering the story with the medium expectation, may be prepared. You may have a story with the highest expectation that is completely different from the story.

  Further, for example, in the present embodiment, the fast-forwarding effect generation processing in step S2108 and the story promotion effecting generation processing in step S2114 fast-forward the middle expectation story when the fastest story is advanced and proceed. By fast-forwarding at a slower rate than when proceeding, the story was disguised as if the middle-expected story was fast-forwarding and proceeding. On the other hand, the fast forward effect generation process of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation process of step S2114 are performed when the story with the highest expectation is advanced and the story is advanced and the process with the middle expectation is advanced and advanced. The story may be fast-forwarded and proceed at the same speed, or may be fast-forwarded and proceeded at a higher speed than when a medium-expected story is fast-forwarded and proceeded. In other words, the fast-forward effect generation processing of step S2108 and the story promotion effect generation processing of step S2114 determine whether the middle-expected story is fast-forwarded and advanced when the highest-expected story is advanced and advanced. It does not have to be impersonated.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 includes an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress, and an indicator IND2 for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Although they are provided, they need not be provided.

[Fifth Embodiment]
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
In the following description, the same parts as those already described are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

  In the present embodiment, the sound emission control device 90 executes a process different from that of the third embodiment. Specifically, in the present embodiment, the duration of the super reach in the effect execution processing is different from that of the third embodiment. Hereinafter, the contents of the effect execution processing in the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating a relationship between durations of super reach according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, FIG. 54 (A) is a diagram showing the duration of super reach when a fast-forward effect does not occur, and FIGS. 54 (B) to (D) show super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. FIG.
As shown in FIG. 54 (A), the duration of the super reach when the fast-forward effect does not occur is 60 seconds for the story with low expectation and 40 seconds for the story with medium expectation and the story with high expectation. is there.
In FIG. 54, characters indicating the degree of expectation of the story are circled below the line segment indicating the duration of the super reach of the story. Specifically, low-expected stories are indicated by circled low characters, medium-expected stories are indicated by circled middle characters, and high-expected stories are indicated by circled high characters. It is circled and shown. The same applies to the following drawings.

  On the other hand, a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a super-reach when a fast-forward effect occurs Are totaled 60 seconds, as shown in FIG. 54 (B). In this case, in the fast-forward effect, the low-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at triple speed to 20 seconds, and the medium expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Connect to the beginning of the second story to form a super reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of a story with a low degree of expectation at the time of occurrence of a fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDL.

  In addition, a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and the duration of the super reach when a fast-forward effect occurs. Are 60 seconds in total, as shown in FIG. In this case, the fast-forward effect is that the story with the middle expectation selected in the story selection process at the start in step S2007 is fast-forwarded at double speed to 20 sec, and the high expectation selected in the story selection process in step S2002. Connect to the beginning of the second story to form a super reach. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the middle expectation story is started, and ends when 20 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the medium expectation at the time of occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDM.

  Further, a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007. Are 80 seconds in total as shown in FIG. 54 (D). In this case, in the fast-forward effect, the low-expected story selected in the story selection process at the start of step S2007 is fast-forwarded at 3 × speed to 20 sec, and the middle-expected story is fast-forwarded at 2 × speed to 20 sec. Then, a super-reach is configured by connecting to the start point of the highly-expected story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002. Therefore, the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story is started, is promoted to the middle-expected story when 20 seconds have elapsed, and ends when 40 seconds have elapsed. In the following description, the end point of the story with the low degree of expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as a promotion point PDL, and the end point of the story of the medium degree of expectation at the time of the occurrence of the fast-forward effect is also referred to as the promotion point PDM.

  In the present embodiment, when a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. Indicates that the fast-forward effect occurs immediately after the low-expected story starts, and after 20 seconds, it is promoted to the middle-expected story and connected to the high-expected story. You may be connected to a highly anticipated story without being promoted to that story.

  Here, the duration of the super reach is different between the case where the fast-forward effect is generated and the case where the fast-forward effect is not generated, even if the stories selected in the story selection process in step S2002 are the same. Specifically, when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected in the story selection process of step S2002, the super-reach duration when generating a fast-forward effect is 60 seconds, and the super-reach when not generating a fast-forward effect is performed. The reach time is 40 seconds. When a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, the super-reach time when a fast-forward effect is generated is 60 seconds or 80 seconds, and the super-reach when no fast-forward effect is generated. Is 40 seconds.

  The duration of the super-reach and the speed of the fast-forward are not limited to these and are optional. For example, the durations of the super reach may all be the same or they may all be different. Further, for example, the fast-forward speed may be a speed other than the double speed as long as the speed is higher than the normal speed.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the duration of the super reach is not set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection processing in step S2002. May be set so as to correspond to the story selected in the story selection process in step S2002.
For example, in the present embodiment, when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected in the story selection process in step S2002, the super-reach duration when a fast-forward effect is generated is 60 seconds, and the fast-forward effect is not generated. Is 40 sec., But the duration of the super reach when the fast-forward effect is not generated may be extended to 60 sec. Specifically, when a story with a medium expectation degree is selected in the story selection processing of step S2002, the super-reach duration when no fast-forward effect is generated is, for example, a part of the story with a medium expectation degree or The whole may be extended to 60 seconds by providing a slow motion or providing an adjustment time such as a re-drawing of symbols after the middle expectation story ends.

<About the super reach flow when a fast-forward effect occurs>
FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low expectation to a story with a medium expectation. In other words, FIG. 55 shows a case where a story with medium expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with low expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 55 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low degree of expectation has been started, and FIG. FIG. 55C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 55C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a middle-expected story has failed. Each of FIGS. 55 (A) to 55 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and these steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  After shifting to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays a story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (3 × speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the promotion time PDL), FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion PDL, the story is promoted from a low expectation story to a middle expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the middle expectation story is connected to the start of the middle expectation story and is advanced. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 40 sec at the right end, and the start point of the middle expectation story. .

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 55 (C), a low-expected story is maintained at the promotion point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected and advanced at a point in time when the low-expected story has been advanced for 20 seconds (the remaining 40 seconds). In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the point where it has progressed for 20 seconds. In addition, the MPU 102 sets the mark M2 at the position of 1/3 (20 sec / 60 sec) in the indicator IND2 at the position of 1/3 (20 sec / 60 sec) indicating that the left end is set to 0 sec, the right end is set to 60 sec, and the low expectation story is advanced by 20 sec. (Black circle).

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, if the winning or non-winning result is "big hit", the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Thus, the player is notified that the result of winning is "big hit". In addition, when the result is “normal out-of-normal result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Notify the player that the success / failure result is “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a medium expectation to a story with a high expectation. In other words, FIG. 56 shows a case where a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a medium degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 56 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast forward effect has occurred after a story with a medium expectation degree has been started, and FIG. FIG. 56C is a diagram illustrating a successful state, and FIG. 56C is a diagram illustrating a state in which promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 56 (A) to 56 (C) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below each of the figures, and the steps in each of the figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the left side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move the angel to the right.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays the middle-expected story at fast-forward (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

Then, when the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDM), FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion, the PDM is promoted from a middle expectation story to a high expectation story. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the high expectation is connected to the start of the story with the high expectation and proceeds. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 40 sec at the right end, and the start point of the highly anticipated story. .

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or non-winning result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 stops entering the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 and displays the treasure in the angel as shown in FIG. 42 (B). By notifying the player of the treasure chest, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "winning". In addition, when the success / failure result is the “normally out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not include the treasure in the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 as illustrated in FIG. By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is notified that the result of the success or failure is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 56 (C), the story of the medium expectation is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the middle expectation story is connected to the start of the middle expectation story and is advanced. In other words, at this time, the story of the medium expectation degree is rewound to the start point. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 40 sec at the right end, and the start point of the middle expectation story. .

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

  FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a flow of super reach that can be promoted from a story with a low degree of expectation to a story with a high degree of expectation. In other words, FIG. 57 shows a case where a story with a high degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing in step S2002, and a story with a low degree of expectation is selected in the story selection processing at the start in step S2007, and a fast-forward effect occurs. It is a figure which shows the flow of super reach. Specifically, FIG. 57 (A) is a diagram showing a state in which a fast-forward effect has occurred after a story with a low expectation has started, and FIG. 57 (B) shows a situation in which promotion to a story with a medium expectation has occurred. FIG. 57 (C) is a diagram showing a successful state, FIG. 57 (C) is a diagram showing a state in which promotion to a story with medium expectation failed, and FIG. 57 (D) is a re-promotion to a story with high expectation. 57 (E) is a diagram showing a state in which re-promotion to a story with a high degree of expectation has failed. Each of FIGS. 57 (A) to 57 (E) is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 51. These steps are indicated by line segments below the respective figures, and the steps in the respective figures are shown. Applicable locations are marked with a star.

First, based on the pattern command received from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 starts high-speed variable display of a plurality of symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 4) displayed on the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Move to a variable period. In this high-speed fluctuation period, the MPU 102 starts the fluctuation display of the symbols by periodically scrolling the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction (upward in the present embodiment).
The MPU 102 stops and displays some of the symbol rows (the symbol row Z1 and the symbol row Z3) on the activated line L (see FIG. 4) after the elapse of the high-speed fluctuation period, thereby combining the same symbols (this embodiment). Then, “7”) is displayed to indicate the stop result, and in this state, the remaining symbol row (symbol row Z2) is variably displayed to generate reach display and shift to the normal reach period.

  After the normal reach period elapses, the MPU 102 displays each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display based on the super reach generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, and displays a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen G. By doing so, it shifts to the super reach period. In this super reach period, the MPU 102 displays each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 in a reduced display and arranges them at the lower left position of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51, and exists on the right side of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Advance the story with low expectations by fighting the angel against the devil on the left.

  After the transition to the super reach period, the MPU 102 immediately generates a fast-forward effect based on the fast-forward effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92, as shown in FIG. In the fast-forward effect, the MPU 102 displays a story with a low degree of expectation at fast-forward (3 × speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forward symbol indicating that fast-forward is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDL), FIG. As shown, at the time of promotion PDL, the story of low expectation is promoted to the story of medium expectation. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDL), As shown in FIG. 57 (C), a story with a low degree of expectation is maintained at the promotion point PDL. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the leftmost circular portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a low degree of expectation is in progress.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with a low degree of expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the low-expected story is connected to the start of the low-expected story and is advanced. In other words, at this time, the story with a low degree of expectation is rewound to the start point. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 60 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 60 sec at the right end, and the start point of the story with low expectation. .

  In the story with a low degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not the angel has won the battle. More specifically, if the winning or non-winning result is "big hit", the MPU 102 wins the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Thus, the player is notified that the result of winning is "big hit". In addition, when the result is “normal out-of-normal result”, the MPU 102 wins the devil when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. Notify the player that the success / failure result is “normally out of order result”.

  When the MPU 102 is promoted from a low-expected story to a medium-expected story at the promotion PDL, the MPU 102 continues the fast-forward effect as shown in FIG. 57 (B). In this fast-forwarding effect, the MPU 102 displays the story with the medium expectation at fast-forwarding (double speed), and displays an image GB1 of a fast-forwarding symbol indicating that fast-forwarding is being performed at the center of the display screen G of the symbol display device 51. . Further, the MPU 102 displays an image GB2 indicating the push button 25b above the display screen G of the symbol display device 51 (above the image GB1), and displays an image GB2 below the image GB2 (between the image GB1 and the image GB2). Hit it !!!! "is displayed.

When the MPU 102 further receives the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN is equal to or more than the specified number at the time of promotion PDM), FIG. As shown in (2), at the promotion time point PDM, the story of medium expectation is re-promoted to the story of high expectation. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to the rightmost round portion of the indicator IND1 indicating that a story with a high degree of expectation is progressing.
Note that, in the present embodiment, the mark M1 (black circle) of the indicator IND1 jumps over the linear part and transits to the circular part. For example, by repeatedly hitting the push button 25b, the linear part is changed. May be shifted to the right side, and then transition to a round portion.

  Thereafter, when the MPU 102 receives the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect, and advances the highly anticipated story at a normal speed. At this time, the story with the high expectation is connected to the start of the story with the high expectation and proceeds. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 40 sec at the right end, and the start point of the highly anticipated story. .

  In the story with a high degree of expectation, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the result of the success / failure lottery depending on whether or not treasure is contained in the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or non-winning result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 stops entering the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 and displays the treasure in the angel as shown in FIG. 42 (B). By notifying the player of the treasure chest, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "winning". In addition, when the success / failure result is the “normally out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not include the treasure in the angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 as illustrated in FIG. By finding a treasure chest (empty treasure chest), the player is notified that the result of the success or failure is a "normally out of order result".

  On the other hand, when the MPU 102 does not receive the story promotion effect generation command transmitted from the MPU 92 (when the value of the push button counter PBN has not reached the specified number of times at the promotion time PDM), As shown in FIG. 57 (E), the story of the medium expectation degree is maintained at the promotion time PDM. In addition, the MPU 102 gives a mark M1 (black circle) to a central circular portion in the indicator IND1 indicating that the story of the medium expectation is progressing.

  Thereafter, when receiving the fast-forward effect ending command transmitted from the MPU 92, the MPU 102 ends the fast-forward effect and causes the story with the medium expectation to proceed at a normal speed. At this time, the middle expectation story is connected to the start of the middle expectation story and is advanced. In other words, at this time, the story of the medium expectation degree is rewound to the start point. In addition, the MPU 102 sets a mark M2 (black circle) at the left end (0 sec / 40 sec) of the indicator IND2 at 0 sec at the left end, 40 sec at the right end, and the start point of the middle expectation story. .

  In the medium-expected story, as described above, after the elapse of the super reach period, the MPU 102 notifies the player of the success / failure lottery result depending on whether or not the angel has found the treasure chest. More specifically, when the winning or losing result is “big hit”, the MPU 102 finds a treasure chest by an angel when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. 41 (B). By doing so, the player is notified that the winning or losing result is "big hit". In addition, when the result is a “normal out of order result”, the MPU 102 does not allow the angel to find the treasure chest when stopping the variable display of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, as shown in FIG. By detecting garbage instead of the treasure chest), the player is notified that the result is a “normally out of order result”.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the story promotion effect generation process of S2114, a fast-forward effect is performed in which the process proceeds at a normal speed by connecting to the start point of the subsequent story.
In the present embodiment, the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or shorter than the duration of the previous story.

Further, in the present embodiment, the indicator IND2 functions as a story progress notification unit that reports the progress of the subsequent story to the player.
In the present embodiment, the story progress notification unit employs the indicator IND2, but may employ a sound or the like. In short, the story progress degree notification unit only needs to be able to report the progress degree of the subsequent story to the player.

According to the present embodiment, the following operations and effects can be obtained.
(1) The story promotion effect generation process executes a fast-forward effect of connecting to the start of the subsequent story and proceeding at a normal speed, so that the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story. Even when performing a fast-forward production that progresses at a normal speed, the player can always see the subsequent story from the start point, and it is easy to determine which of multiple stories is in progress. You can figure out. Therefore, the player can easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.

(2) Since the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or less than the duration of the previous story, compared to the case where the duration is set to be longer than the duration of the preceding story, the fast forward effect execution unit performs When a story is fast-forwarded and then connected to a subsequent story to proceed at a normal speed, the overall duration of the reach display can be shortened.

It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the present embodiment, and modifications, improvements, etc. within a scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
For example, in the present embodiment, the display control device 100 displays an indicator IND1 for notifying the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress and an indicator IND2 for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Although they are provided, they need not be provided.

[Modification of each embodiment]
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and modifications, improvements, etc. within a scope that can achieve the object of the present invention are included in the present invention.
(1) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the special winning opening 38a once for each round game. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may open and close the large winning opening 38a a plurality of times for one round game.
(2) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening / closing door 38b to the open state, and then a predetermined upper limit duration time (upper limit duration) elapses, or a game to the special winning opening 38a. When the total winning number of balls reaches the predetermined upper limit number, the opening / closing door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the upper limit number may be changed according to the upper limit duration time, and the condition for setting the open / close door 38b to the closed state again is arbitrary.

(3) In each of the above-described embodiments, after the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state, the total winning number of game balls to the special winning opening 38a reaches eight, which is a predetermined upper limit number. As a result, the door 38b is set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number to an arbitrary number other than eight. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may set the upper limit number differently according to the distribution result. Further, for example, the number of the pachinko machines 10 may be set differently for each round in one open / close execution mode.

(4) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 opens and closes the door 38b by setting the open / close door 38b to an open state and then reaching the predetermined upper limit number of game balls to the special winning opening 38a. The door 38b has been set to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an end trigger for setting the opening / closing door 38b to the closed state in response to the entry of a game ball, and the predetermined time elapses. It may be configured to allow a ball to enter the opportunity.
(5) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state and then closes the open / close door 38b again when a predetermined upper limit duration time (upper limit duration) elapses. Had been set to. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 sets the opening / closing door 38b to the open state, and then sets the opening / closing door 38b by elapse of a predetermined time from the time when the winning in the special winning opening 38a occurs. The closed state may be set again.

(6) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 sets the open / close door 38b to the open state and then sets the open / close door 38b to the closed state again. On the other hand, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may shift to the next round game without setting the door 38b to the closed state again after setting the door 38b to the open state.
(7) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has one type of open / close execution mode. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 has an open / close execution mode in which the round game is executed 15 times with the upper limit duration time. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may have an opening / closing execution mode different from the above with respect to the mode of the upper limit continuation time and the number of round game executions. Further, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to set a plurality of types of opening / closing execution modes by different modes of the upper limit continuation time. , A plurality of types of open / close execution modes may be set. Further, the mode of the upper limit duration may be set to be different from the exact upper limit duration although the player looks the same mode to the player.

(8) In the above embodiments, the game result and the effect for the opening / closing execution mode are set in advance so as to correspond one-to-one. On the other hand, for example, the effect for the opening / closing execution mode may be randomly selected and set from a plurality of types of effects without corresponding to the game result, and may be selected by lottery from the plurality of types of effects. And the selection rate may be made different depending on the game result.
(9) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 uses the random number counter C1 for the lottery of the jackpot occurrence, and uses the type counter C2 for the lottery of the type of the big hit when the big hit occurs. On the other hand, when a big hit occurs, the MPU 62 may use the random number counter C1 for the lottery of the big hit type. In this case, the hit type counter C2 may not be provided in the various counter areas 64a of the RAM 64.

(10) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 creates a game state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous game state by setting the support mode, but sets a game state other than these. This may create a gaming state that is advantageous for the player and a gaming state that is disadvantageous for the player. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a gaming state that is advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous gaming state by making the number of times of the game in which the high-frequency support mode is continued after the end of the opening / closing execution mode different. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may create a game state advantageous to the player and a disadvantageous game state by making the number of times of the game in which the high probability mode is continued after the end of the open / close execution mode different. .

(11) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 stores the hold information on the upper working port 36 in the holding area Ra for the first result display unit, and stores the hold information on the lower working port 37 in the second result display unit. By storing the information in the hold area Rb, the hold information on the upper working port 36 and the hold information on the lower working port 37 are separately stored. On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 may store the hold information on the upper working port 36 and the hold information on the lower working port 37 together.
(12) In each of the above embodiments, the MPU 62 preferentially sets the hold information on the lower operating port 37 for the use of the game times regardless of whether or not there is the hold information on the upper operating port 36. . On the other hand, the MPU 62 may set the hold information related to the upper working port 36 and the hold information related to the lower working port 37 for the use of the game times in the order of winning of the respective hold information.

(13) In each of the above embodiments, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the audio light emission control device 90, and the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command resulting from analyzing the command to the display control device 100. Thus, the control of the display control device 100 was executed. On the other hand, the main control device 60 transmits a command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 transmits a command as a result of analyzing the command to the voice light emission control device 90, thereby controlling the voice light emission control device 90. The control of the device 90 may be executed. Note that the command transmitted from the main control device 60 to the audio light emission control device 90 and the command transmitted from the audio light emission control device 90 to the display control device 100 are not limited to the commands described in the above embodiments, and are arbitrary. .
(14) In each of the embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90, and the display control device 100 as separate control devices. On the other hand, for example, the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 may be provided as the same control device, and at least one of the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 is mainly controlled. It may be provided as the same control device as the control device 60.

(15) In each of the above embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Thus, the effect for the game round is executed on the display screen G by starting the variable display of the symbols. On the other hand, the effect for the game round is not limited to the effect described in each of the above-described embodiments, and is arbitrary. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for playing a game by operating a movable decoration member provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 51 in combination. In addition, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for playing a game by operating the light emitting unit provided on the game board 31 and the symbol display device 51 in combination. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may execute an effect for playing a game by operating the decorative member and the light emitting unit in combination with the symbol display device 51.

(16) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 performs an internal lottery (win / fail lottery and sorting lottery) based on winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37, and thereafter, the main display unit 45. The symbol display device 51 executes the variable display and displays the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37 as a stop result of the variable display. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 51 start the variable display before executing the internal lottery, and as a result of stopping the variable display, the internal lottery performed after starting the variable display. May be displayed. In this case, after starting the variable display and before stopping the variable display, the internal lottery may be executed and the setting of the stop result or the like may be executed.

(17) In each of the above-described embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 includes the main display unit 45, and the main display unit 45 executes the variable display of the pattern and displays the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the variable display. Was. On the other hand, for example, the main display unit 45 may display the same stop result regardless of the result of the internal lottery as the stop result of the variable display. The result of the lottery may not be identified. Further, for example, the pachinko machine 10 may not include the main display unit 45.

(18) In each of the above-described embodiments, the symbol display device 51 periodically scrolls the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 in a predetermined direction based on winning in the upper operating port 36 or the lower operating port 37. Thus, the effect for the game round is executed on the display screen G by starting the variable display of the symbols. On the other hand, the symbol display device 51 may execute the effect for the game round on the display screen G by displaying a symbol (picture) that clearly indicates the result of the internal lottery.

  For example, the symbol display device 51 assigns a predetermined area to at least one of an area smaller than the area displaying the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 and a peripheral area of the area displaying the symbols of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. At the time of setting and stopping the variable display of the symbols in the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, a symbol indicating the result of the internal lottery may be displayed in the predetermined area. The symbols displayed in the predetermined area may be displayed in a variable manner or not displayed during the variable display of the symbols in the symbol columns Z1 to Z3.

  Here, the symbols displayed in the predetermined area may be characters, colors, or patterns that are difficult for the player to identify, or may be combinations thereof. Further, even if it is not a character, a color, or a pattern that is difficult for the player to identify, a pattern that is similar to each other or a combination thereof may be adopted to make it difficult for the player to identify. According to this, the administrator of the amusement arcade, for example, does not look at the main display unit 45 at the end of the game round, but looks at the symbol display device 51, similar to the case of winning the lottery of jackpot occurrence Can be easily confirmed whether or not a fraudulent act of causing the pachinko machine 10 to perform the above operation is performed.

(19) In each of the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to operate independently. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to transmit and receive information by linking with an external device such as a mobile phone. . For example, a game machine is configured so that a player can output an optical code by operating a button or the like provided on the game machine, and information of the optical code is provided on a camera provided on a mobile phone or the like. The gaming machine may be configured so that the information of the gaming machine can be transmitted to the web server by imaging and reading the information and accessing the website. Also, the gaming machine is configured so that the password issued by the player accessing the website is input to the gaming machine by operating a button or the like provided on the gaming machine, so that the information of the web server can be received. May be.

(20) In the above embodiments, the pachinko machine 10 has been described as an example of the gaming machine of the present invention. On the other hand, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of pachinko machine different from the pachinko machine 10, for example, the gaming machine of the present invention, when a game ball enters a specific area, A pachinko machine that opens the electric accessory only a predetermined number of times or a pachinko machine that generates a jackpot right when a game ball enters a specific area. Further, the gaming machine of the present invention may be another type of gaming machine such as an arrangement ball machine and a sparrow ball.

[Inventive groups extracted from each embodiment]
Hereinafter, features of the invention group extracted from each of the above embodiments will be described. In addition, among the features of the present invention group, the corresponding configuration in each of the above embodiments is shown in parentheses, but the features of the present invention group are not limited to the above embodiments, and the features of the present invention group Modifications, improvements, and the like, as long as the object can be achieved, and combinations of the features are included in the features of the present invention.

<Feature A group>
Feature A1.
A launching means (firing handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board; and a plurality of ball entry means (through gate 41) provided in the game area for allowing the game ball to enter. A game machine (pachinko machine 10) comprising:
The ball entry means,
First ball entry means (central through gates 411, 411A) for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball fired by the firing means toward a first path (left-handed) in the game area. When,
A second ball entry means (right through gate 412) for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball fired by the firing means toward a second path (right strike) of the game area; Prepare,
A gaming machine wherein the first ball entry means gives a higher value to a player than the second ball entry means when a predetermined condition is satisfied.

  According to the feature A1 of the present invention, the first ball entry means gives a higher value to the player than the second ball entry means when a predetermined condition is satisfied. When the predetermined condition is satisfied, the launching means launches the game ball toward the first path in the game area. Therefore, for example, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, a game ball is fired by the firing means toward the first route of the game area, and when the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the second ball of the game area is If the gaming machine is configured to notify the player of information prompting the shooting means to shoot a game ball toward the route of the player, the player must go against the information notified by the gaming machine. Instead, a game ball is fired by the firing means, so that the gaming machine can improve its playability.

Feature A2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A1 of the present invention group,
State transition means (main control device 60) for transitioning between a normal game state (low-frequency support mode) and a specific game state (high-frequency support mode) more advantageous to the player than the normal game state;
A gaming machine wherein the first ball entry means gives a higher value to the player than the second ball entry means when the state transition means transitions to the normal gaming state.

  According to the feature A2 of the present invention group, the first ball entry means gives the player a higher value than the second ball entry means when the state transition means transitions to the normal game state. In the normal gaming state, the player shoots the game ball with the firing means toward the first path in the game area. Therefore, for example, in the normal gaming state, the game ball is fired by the firing means toward the first path in the game area, and in the specific game state, the game ball is fired by the firing means toward the second path in the game area. If the gaming machine is configured to notify the player of information that prompts the user to fire, the player fires the game ball with the firing means without opposing the information notified by the gaming machine. As a result, the gaming machine can improve its gaming ability.

Feature A3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A2 of the present invention group,
An effect execution means (sound emission control device 90) for executing an effect when a game ball enters the ball entry means.
The effect executing means,
A first effect determination unit (processing in step S1902) for determining whether or not to execute an effect in response to the entry of a game ball into the first entry means in the normal gaming state;
When the first effect determination unit determines that an effect is to be executed when a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the advantage information providing unit (vanes) that provides information advantageous to the player. (A process of setting a member release notification effect).

  According to the feature A3 of the group of the present invention, when the first effect determination unit determines that the effect is executed by the first effect determination unit when the game ball enters the first ball entry means, the advantage information imparting unit determines whether to execute the game. Since the advantageous information is given to the player, the first ball entry means can give a higher value to the player than the second ball entry means.

Feature A4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A3 of the present invention group,
As a result of an internal lottery executed upon entry of a game ball into the entry means, as a result of the internal lottery, a variable entry ball that allows a game ball fired toward the second path of the game area to enter temporarily Mechanism (right side variable ball entry mechanism 40),
The effect executing means,
A second effect determination unit (processing in step S1810) for determining whether or not to execute an effect in response to the entry of a game ball into the second entry means in the normal gaming state;
When the second effect determination unit determines that an effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the second ball entry means, the timing at which a game ball cannot enter the variable entry mechanism is determined. And a normal information providing unit (voice light emission control device 90) for providing information to the player with
The advantage information providing unit, when the first effect determination unit determines that the effect is to be executed when the game ball enters the first ball entry means as an opportunity, the game ball to the variable ball entry mechanism A game machine characterized in that information is given to a player at a timing when the player can enter the ball.

  According to the feature A4 of the group of the present invention, the normal information giving section gives information to the player at the timing when the game ball cannot enter the variable ball entry mechanism, Since the information is given to the player at the timing when the game ball can enter, the first ball entry means can give the player a higher value than the second ball entry means.

Feature A5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features A1 to A4 of the present invention group,
The variation display is executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the entry unit, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the entry unit as a stop result of the variation display. (Display unit 46 for character and symbol display device 51) for displaying
When the predetermined condition is satisfied, the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball into the second ball input means is changed to the state of the variable display based on the entering of the game ball into the first ball entering means. A gaming machine, comprising: a fluctuating state setting means (a setting process of a long-term power-operating display continuation time) for setting the state to be more disadvantageous than the state.

  According to the feature A5 of the present invention group, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the change state setting means changes the state of the change display based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means by the first entry. Since the setting is made so as to be more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the ball means, the first ball entry means gives the player a higher value than the second ball entry means. be able to. Therefore, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the player fires the game ball by the firing means toward the first path in the game area.

Feature A6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A5 of the present invention group,
The fluctuation state setting means,
The duration of the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the second ball entry means is set to be longer than the duration of the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the first ball entry means. By doing so, the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second ball entry means becomes more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the first ball entry means. Gaming machine characterized by setting as follows.

  According to the feature A6 of the present invention, the change state setting unit sets the duration of the change display based on the entry of the game ball to the second entry unit to the entry of the game ball to the first entry unit. Is set to be longer than the continuation time of the fluctuation display based on the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means. The time efficiency is impaired as compared with the state of the variable display based on. Therefore, the change state setting means is more disadvantageous in the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second ball entry means than in the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the first ball entry means. Can be set to

Feature A7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A5 or the feature A6 of the present invention group,
When a game ball enters the ball entry unit, a ball entry determination unit (Electronic support) that determines which of the first ball entry unit and the second ball entry unit the game ball entered. Processing)
The variation state setting means sets the duration of the variation display to a normal duration when the entry determination means determines that the game ball has entered the first entry means, When the ball determining means determines that a game ball has entered the second ball input means, the variable display duration is set to a long duration longer than the normal duration. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A7 of the present invention, the gaming machine is provided with the ball-in judging means. Therefore, even if the game machine is provided with a plurality of ball-in means having the same function, the first ball-in means and It can be determined which of the second ball entry means the game ball has entered. The change state setting means sets the continuation time of the fluctuation display to the normal continuation time when the entry judgment means judges that the game ball has entered the first entry means, If the means determines that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means, the duration of the variable display is set to a long duration longer than the normal duration. , A higher value than the second ball entry means can be given to the player. Therefore, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the player fires the game ball toward the first path in the game area by the firing means.

Feature A8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 of the present invention group,
The entering ball judging means,
A first detection unit (detection sensor 50f) that detects that a game ball has entered the first entry unit;
A second detection unit (detection sensor 50g) for detecting that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means,
When the first detection unit detects that a game ball has entered, it is determined that a game ball has entered the first entry unit, and the second detection unit determines that a game ball has entered. A game machine characterized by determining that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means when it has detected that the ball has entered.

  According to the feature A8 of the group of the present invention, the ball entry determining means includes the first detection unit and the second detection unit. It is possible to reliably determine which of the ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered, and the configuration of the ball entry determination means can be simplified.

Feature A9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 or the feature A8 of the present invention group,
Reference ball-in means for allowing a game ball fired by the firing means to enter the first path (left-handed) of the game area and then continuing to flow down the game area without discharging the game ball from the game area (Upper working port 36A),
The first ball entry means (central through gate 411A), which is provided below the reference ball entry means to enter a game ball that has continued to flow down a game area by the reference ball entry means;
The variable display is executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means, and as a result of the stop of the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means. The display means (main display unit 45, display unit for accessory 46, and symbol display device 51) for displaying the result of
The ball entry determining means determines that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means when performing variable display based on the entry of game balls to the reference ball entry means, A gaming machine, characterized in that it is determined that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means when the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means has not been executed.

  According to the feature A9 of the group of the present invention, the game ball that has entered the reference ball entry means continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the first ball entry means as it is. When the game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference ball entry means, When the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, when the game ball enters the ball entry unit, the ball entry determination unit refers to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entry into the reference ball entry unit is being performed, thereby performing the first ball entry. It is possible to determine which of the ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered, so that the configuration of the ball entry determination means can be diversified.

Feature A10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature A7 or the feature A8 of the present invention group,
After the game ball fired by the firing means is made to enter the first path (left-handed) of the game area, the first ball is allowed to continue flowing down in the game area without being discharged from the game area. Ball entry means (central through gate 411),
A reference ball entry means (upper working port 36) which is provided below the first ball entry means so as to enter a game ball which has continued to flow down a game area by the first ball entry means;
The variable display is executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means, and as a result of the stop of the variable display, an internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means. The display means (main display unit 45, display unit for accessory 46, and symbol display device 51) for displaying the result of
The entering ball judging means,
A lottery delay unit (processing in step S1409A) for delaying the execution of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the first entry unit;
In the case where the variation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entry unit is performed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the first entry unit, and the reference entry unit A gaming machine, characterized in that it is determined that a game ball has entered the second entry means when the variable display based on the entry of the game ball is not executed.

  According to the feature A10 of the present invention, the game ball that has entered the first ball entry means continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the reference ball entry means as it is. The ball entry determining means includes a lottery delay unit for delaying the execution of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference ball entry means, When the variation display based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, when the game ball enters the ball entry unit, the ball entry determination unit refers to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entry into the reference ball entry unit is being performed, thereby performing the first ball entry. It is possible to determine which of the ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered, so that the configuration of the ball entry determination means can be diversified.

  According to such a feature group A of the present invention, the gaming ability of the gaming machine can be improved, so that the following problem can be solved.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine including a launching unit that launches a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board, and a plurality of ball entry means provided in the game area to allow the game ball to enter. ing. The ball entry means includes: a first ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by entering a game ball fired by the firing means toward a first path (left-handed) in the game area; and a game area. And a second ball entry means for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball launched by the launch means toward the second route (right-handed).

The gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the ball entry means. The state has been transitioned.
Then, based on the information notified by the gaming machine, the player fires a game ball by the firing means toward the first path of the game area in the normal game state, and the game area in the specific game state. The game ball is fired by the firing means toward the second path.

  However, for example, in the normal gaming state, if the value given to the player by the second ball entry means is higher than the value given to the player by the first ball entry means, However, there is a problem that a game ball is fired by the firing means toward a second route different from the information notified by the game machine, and the game performance of the game machine may be reduced.

<Characteristic B group>
Feature B1.
A launching means (firing handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on a game board; and a plurality of ball entry means (through gate 41) provided in the game area for allowing the game ball to enter. And the upper working port 36, 36A) and the pachinko machine 10;
The ball entry means,
Normal ball entry means (central through gates 411, 411A and right side through gate 412) for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball launched by the launch means to enter,
Reference ball-in means (upper working ports 36, 36A) for executing an internal lottery by causing a game ball fired by the firing means to enter,
The gaming machine is
The variable display is executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the ball entry unit, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry unit as a stop result of the variable display. Display means (main display unit 45, accessory display unit 46, and symbol display device 51) for displaying
In the case where the variable display based on the entry of a game ball to the reference entry unit is performed, and the case where the variable display based on the entry of a game ball to the reference entry unit is not executed, the normal display is performed. A gaming machine comprising: a variable state setting unit that sets a state of a variable display based on the entry of a game ball into a ball entry unit to be different.

  According to the feature B1 of the present invention, the change state setting means performs the change display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entry means, and the entry of the game ball to the reference entry means. The state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the normal ball entry means is set differently when the variation display based on the game ball is not executed, so that it is based on the entry of the game ball into the normal ball entry means. The state of the variable display can be diversified, and the gaming performance of the gaming machine can be improved.

Feature B2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The ball entry means,
The reference ball input means (upper working port 36A) for allowing the game ball fired by the firing means to enter the ball and then continuing to flow down the game area without discharging from the game area;
The normal ball entry means,
A first ball entry means (central through gate 411A) which is provided below the reference ball entry means to enter a game ball which has continued to flow down a game area by the reference ball entry means;
A second ball entry means (right through gate 412) that does not allow game balls that have continued to flow down in the game area by the reference ball entry means to enter,
The gaming machine is
In the case where the variation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference entry unit is performed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the first entry unit, and the reference entry unit In a case where the variable display based on the entering of the game ball is not executed, the second entering means may be provided with an entering ball judging means for determining that the gaming ball has entered (a process for supporting the electric activity). A gaming machine characterized by:

  According to the feature B2 of the present invention, the game ball that has entered the reference ball entry means continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the first ball entry means as it is. When the game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference ball entry means, When the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, when the game ball enters the ball entry unit, the ball entry determination unit refers to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entry into the reference ball entry unit is being performed, thereby performing the first ball entry. Since it is possible to determine which of the ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered, the change state setting means sets the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the normal ball entry means Can be set differently.

Feature B3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B1 of the present invention group,
The normal ball entry means,
First ball entry means (central through gate 411) for allowing the game ball fired by the launch means to enter, and then continuing to flow down the game area without discharging from the game area;
Second ball entry means (right through gate 412) for entering the game ball fired by the launch means,
The ball entry means,
The reference ball entry means (upper working port 36), which is provided below the first ball entry means, allows the first ball entry means to enter a game ball that has continued to flow down the game area. Prepare,
The gaming machine is
In the case where the variation display based on the entering of the game ball to the reference entering means is executed, it is determined that a game ball has entered the first entering means, and In the case where the variable display based on the entering of the game ball is not executed, the second ball entry means is provided with an entry ball determining means (a process for supporting the electric power) for determining that the gaming ball has entered,
The entering ball judging means,
A gaming machine comprising: a lottery delay unit (processing in step S1409A) for delaying execution of a variable display based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means.

  According to the feature B3 of the present invention, the game ball that has entered the first ball entry means continues flowing down the game area without being discharged from the game area and enters the reference ball entry means as it is. The ball entry determining means includes a lottery delay unit for delaying the execution of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the reference ball entry means is always executed. Then, the ball entry determining means determines that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means when performing the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the reference ball entry means, When the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means is not executed, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means. In other words, when the game ball enters the ball entry unit, the ball entry determination unit refers to whether or not the variable display based on the ball entry into the reference ball entry unit is being executed, thereby making the first entry. Since it is possible to determine which of the ball entry means and the second ball entry means the game ball has entered, the change state setting means sets the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the normal ball entry means Can be set differently.

Feature B4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B2 or the feature B3 of the present invention group,
The fluctuation state setting means sets the state of the fluctuation display based on the entering of the game ball to the second ball entry means more than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the first ball entry means. A gaming machine characterized in that it is set to be disadvantageous.

  According to the feature B4 of the group of the present invention, the change state setting means changes the state of the change display based on the entering of the game ball to the second entering means to the entering of the game ball to the first entering means. Since the setting is made to be disadvantageous compared to the state of the variable display based on the game, the player can shoot the game ball toward the first route of the game area by the shooting means. Therefore, the gaming machine uses the launching means toward the first path in the gaming area to allow the first ball entry means set to be advantageous by the fluctuation state setting means to enter the game ball. Will be fired. In other words, the gaming machine can guide the player to shoot the game ball by the firing means toward the first path in the gaming area, and therefore, the gaming machine can improve its gaming ability. Can be.

Feature B5.
In the gaming machine described in the feature B4 of the present invention group,
The fluctuation state setting means,
The duration of the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the second ball entry means is set to be longer than the duration of the variable display based on the entry of game balls into the first ball entry means. By doing so, the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second ball entry means becomes more disadvantageous than the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the first ball entry means. Gaming machine characterized by setting as follows.

  According to the feature B5 of the group of the present invention, the change state setting means sets the duration of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second entry means to the entry of the game ball to the first entry means. Is set to be longer than the continuation time of the variable display based on the game ball, so that the state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means is the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. Time efficiency is impaired compared to the state of the variable display based on the sphere. Therefore, the change state setting means is more disadvantageous in the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the second ball entry means than in the state of the fluctuation display based on the entry of the game ball to the first ball entry means. Can be set to

  According to such a feature B group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problem can be solved.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a gaming machine provided with a display device for variably displaying a plurality of patterns has been known. This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery and the like by starting a variation display of a picture when a game ball enters the operating port (ball entry means). For example, when the gaming machine wins the jackpot lottery, the display device finally stops and displays a specific combination of pictures and the like, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state that is advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, for example, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of game balls by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which game balls can enter.

  However, since the state of the variable display based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means is set independently for the other ball entry means, it becomes monotonous, and as a result, the state of the player to the game is reduced. There is a problem that the degree of attention may decrease.

<Characteristic C group>
Feature C1.
A variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of pictures; and an expectation for causing the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the variable display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing a reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is:
With multiple stories that are chronologically continuous,
The expected effect execution means,
A story selection unit (story selection processing) for selecting any one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A first story selection unit (starting story selection processing) for selecting a previous story in chronological order before the second story;
A fast-forward effect execution unit (fast-forward effect generation process and story promotion effect generation process) for performing a fast-forward effect of fast-forwarding the front story and proceeding at a normal speed by connecting to the second story;
A gaming machine comprising: a story type notification section (indicator IND1) for notifying a player of which story of the plurality of stories is in progress.

  According to the feature C1 of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story type notifying section for notifying the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress, so that the preceding story is quickly forwarded. Even when performing a fast forward production that connects to the subsequent story and progresses at normal speed after proceeding, the player can easily determine which of the multiple stories is in progress. You can figure out. Therefore, the player can easily determine the magnitude of the sense of expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.

Feature C2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notification section (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the subsequent story.

  According to the feature C2 of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story progress degree notifying unit for notifying the progress of the subsequent story to the player, so that the first story is quickly forwarded and advanced, and then the second story is advanced. Even in the case of performing a fast-forward effect of connecting at the middle of a story and proceeding at a normal speed, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature C3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C1 or the feature C2 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
After advancing the first story by advancing rapidly, a connection determination unit (step S2113) for determining whether to connect to the second story is provided.
If the connection determination unit determines that the connection is to be connected to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. If the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is not made, the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then the preceding story is maintained and progressed at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C3 of the present invention group, when the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is made by the connection determination unit, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story to perform normal processing. If it is determined that the connection is not to be connected to the subsequent story by the connection determination unit, the previous story is fast forwarded and advanced, then the previous story is maintained and progressed at normal speed, The reach display can be diversified, and thus the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature C4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C3 of the present invention group,
An operation means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by the player;
A gaming machine, wherein the connection determination unit determines that connection to the subsequent story is made by a player operating the operating means when the preceding story is being advanced and advanced.

  According to the feature C4 of the group of the present invention, the connection determination unit determines that connection is made to the subsequent story by operating the operating means by the player when the previous story is being fast-forwarded and proceeding. By operating the operation means, the user can fast-forward and advance the first story, and then connect to the second story to progress at a normal speed. Therefore, the player can make a transition consciously between a plurality of stories, so that it is possible to easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and to thereby improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature C5.
In the gaming machine described in any of the features C1 to C4 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A story replacement unit (replacement processing of a story with a medium degree of expectation) that replaces the preceding story with a specific story different from the preceding story,
The fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect in which the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story to progress at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C5 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and then connects to the subsequent story to advance at a normal speed. Is performed, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature C6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C5 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) that determines whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
If the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit determines the specific story from the previous story. A game machine characterized by maintaining the previous story when it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature C6 of the present invention, when the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story. If it is determined that the story is not replaced with the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the degree of attention of the player to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature C7.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C6 of the present invention group,
A launch means (firing handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area, and an internal lottery executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on a result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry unit. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature C7 of the present invention, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry unit. Is determined, the previous story can be replaced with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C7 of the present invention group,
When the internal lottery executed in response to the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means is won, the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story, and the starting ball entry is performed. A gaming machine characterized in that it is determined that the preceding story is not replaced with the specific story if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the means has not been won.

  According to the feature C8 of the group of the present invention, the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story when the internal lottery executed in response to the entry of the game ball to the starting ball entry means is triggered. However, if the player does not win the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, it will determine that the specific story will not be replaced from the previous story. You will pay attention to whether you have replaced a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature C9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features C5 to C8 of the present invention group,
The game wherein the fast-forward effect execution unit performs the fast forward of the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit and proceeds to perform the impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and proceeded. Machine.

  According to the feature C9 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and performs impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to distinguish whether the previous story or the specific story is being fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature C10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature C9 of the present invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit is configured to fast-forward and advance the preceding story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacing unit at a speed different from that of the preceding story. A gaming machine characterized by being disguised as follows.

  According to the feature C10 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit advances the specific story replaced by the story replacing unit at a speed different from the fast-forward of the previous story, so that, for example, the fast story is performed at a high speed. When a specific story is prepared, and the specific story is fast-forwarded and advanced, it is as if the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced. Impersonation can be applied. Also, for example, when preparing a specific story with the previous story at a low speed and fast-forwarding the specific story, advance the previous story by fast-forwarding at a faster speed than when fast-forwarding and proceeding the previous story. Can be disguised as if it were proceeding.

Feature C11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features C1 to C10 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine wherein the reach display is set such that the degree of expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the degree of expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature C11 of the present invention, the reach display is set so that the expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation of the preceding story. The higher the degree, the higher the degree of expectation of the reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the fast-forward effect.

  According to such a feature group C of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, so that the following problem can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine provided with variable display means for displaying a plurality of patterns in a variable manner. This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operating port, and starts a variation display of a picture. For example, when the gaming machine wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine finally stops and displays a specific pattern combination on the display device, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, for example, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs a reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will be shifted to the specific control state after starting the fluctuation display of the pattern. The reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in chronological order, performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, and increases the sense of expectation of the player.

  However, such an effect of fast-forwarding a part of the story is such that the progress of the story is fast and the content is difficult to understand, so that it is difficult for the player to judge the magnitude of the expectation, and thus the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may decrease.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1.
A variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of pictures; and an expectation for causing the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the variable display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing a reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is:
With multiple stories that are chronologically continuous,
The expected effect execution means,
A story selection unit (story selection processing) for selecting any one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A first story selection unit (starting story selection processing) for selecting a previous story in chronological order before the second story;
A story replacement unit (replacement processing of a story with a medium degree of expectation) for replacing the preceding story with a specific story different from the preceding story;
After fast-forwarding and proceeding the first story, or fast-forwarding and proceeding with the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, connecting to the second story and proceeding at a normal speed. A fast-forwarding effect execution unit (fast-forwarding effect generation processing and story promotion effect generation processing) for executing

  According to the feature D1 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the first story, or fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and then proceeds to the second story. Since the fast-forward effect of connecting and proceeding at a normal speed is performed, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature D2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D1 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) that determines whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
If the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit determines the specific story from the previous story. A game machine characterized by maintaining the previous story when it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature D2 of the present invention, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story when the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story. If it is determined that the story is not replaced with the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature D3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D2 of the present invention group,
A launch means (firing handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area, and an internal lottery executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on a result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry unit. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature D3 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball input unit. Is determined, the previous story can be replaced with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D4.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D3 of the present invention group,
When the internal lottery executed in response to the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means is won, the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story, and the starting ball entry is performed. A gaming machine characterized in that it is determined that the preceding story is not replaced with the specific story if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the means has not been won.

  According to the feature D4 of the group of the present invention, the replacement determination unit determines to replace the previous story with the specific story when the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means is triggered. However, if the player does not win the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, it will determine that the specific story will not be replaced from the previous story. You will pay attention to whether you have replaced a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature D5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features D1 to D4 of the present invention group,
The game wherein the fast-forward effect execution unit performs the fast forward of the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit and proceeds to perform the impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and proceeded. Machine.

  According to the feature D5 of the present invention group, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and performs impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to distinguish whether the previous story or the specific story is being fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature D6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D5 of the present invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit is configured to fast-forward and advance the preceding story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacing unit at a speed different from that of the preceding story. A gaming machine characterized by being disguised as follows.

  According to the feature D6 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forward of the previous story, and thus, for example, performs high-speed playback of the previous story. When a specific story is prepared, and the specific story is fast-forwarded and advanced, it is as if the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced. Impersonation can be applied. Also, for example, when preparing a specific story with the previous story at a low speed and fast-forwarding the specific story, advance the previous story by fast-forwarding at a faster speed than when fast-forwarding and proceeding the previous story. Can be disguised as if it were proceeding.

Feature D7.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the features D1 to D6 of the present invention,
A gaming machine, characterized in that the expected effect execution means includes a story type notifying unit (indicator IND1) for notifying a player which of the plurality of stories is in progress.

  According to the feature D7 of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story type notifying unit that notifies the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress, so that the preceding story is quickly forwarded. Even after performing fast-forwarding, or after fast-forwarding the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit and proceeding, connecting to the subsequent story and performing a fast-forward effect of proceeding at normal speed, The player can easily understand which story of a plurality of stories is in progress. Therefore, the player can easily determine the magnitude of the sense of expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.

Feature D8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D7 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notification section (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the subsequent story.

  According to the feature D8 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story progress notification unit for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Even in the case of performing a fast-forward effect of connecting at the middle of a story and proceeding at a normal speed, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature D9.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features D1 to D8 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
After the forward story has been fast-forwarded and progressed, or after the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit has been fast-forwarded and progressed, a connection determination unit (whether to connect to the second story or not) Step S2113).
The fast-forward effect execution unit, when the connection determination unit determines to connect to the subsequent story, after fast-forwarding and proceeding the previous story, or the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit After fast-forwarding and proceeding, connect to the subsequent story and proceed at normal speed, and if the connection determination unit determines not to connect to the subsequent story, fast forward the preceding story After proceeding, or after advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacing section to proceed, the preceding story or the specific story is maintained and progressed at a normal speed. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D9 of the group of the present invention, when the connection determining unit determines to connect to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the preceding story or replaces the story by the story replacing unit. After fast-forwarding the specified story and proceeding, connect to the subsequent story and proceed at normal speed, and if the connection determination unit determines that it is not connected to the subsequent story, fast forward the previous story Diversify the reach display as it progresses at normal speed after proceeding or after fast-forwarding the specific story replaced by the story replacement section and maintaining the previous story or specific story As a result, the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature D10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature D9 of the present invention group,
An operation means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by the player;
The connection determination unit is characterized in that, when the first story or the specific story is being fast-forwarded and advanced, the player is operated by the operation means to determine that the second story is to be connected. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature D10 of the group of the present invention, the connection determination unit determines that the operation unit is operated by the player when the first story or the specific story is fast-forwarded and is advanced, thereby connecting to the second story. Therefore, by operating the operation means, the player can quickly advance the preceding story or the specific story to proceed, and then connect to the subsequent story to proceed at a normal speed. Therefore, the player can make a transition consciously between a plurality of stories, so that it is possible to easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and to thereby improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature D11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features D1 to D10 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine wherein the reach display is set such that the degree of expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the degree of expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature D11 of the present invention, the reach display is set so that the expectation degree of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation degree of the preceding story. The higher the degree, the higher the degree of expectation of the reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the fast-forward effect.

  According to such a feature D group of the present invention, since the player's attention to the game can be improved, the following problem can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine provided with variable display means for displaying a plurality of patterns in a variable manner. This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operating port, and starts a variation display of a picture. For example, when the gaming machine wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine finally stops and displays a specific pattern combination on the display device, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, for example, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs a reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will be shifted to the specific control state after starting the fluctuation display of the pattern. The reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in chronological order, performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, and increases the sense of expectation of the player.

  However, the effect of fast-forwarding a part of such a story merely indicates high expectation by simply fast-forwarding, and the reach display becomes monotonous, and as a result, There is a problem that the degree of attention to the game may be reduced.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1.
A variable display means (symbol display device 51) for variably displaying a plurality of pictures; and an expectation for causing the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the variable display means. A gaming machine (pachinko machine 10) provided with expected effect execution means (sound emission control device 90 and display control device 100) for executing a reach display as an effect,
The reach indication is:
With multiple stories that are chronologically continuous,
The expected effect execution means,
A story selection unit (story selection processing) for selecting any one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A first story selection unit (starting story selection processing) for selecting a previous story in chronological order before the second story;
A fast-forward effect execution unit (fast-forward effect generation process and story promotion effect generation process) for performing a fast-forward effect of fast-forwarding the first story and proceeding at a normal speed by connecting to the second story. ,
The gaming machine, wherein the fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect of connecting to a start point of the second story and proceeding at a normal speed.

  According to the feature E1 of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit executes the fast-forward effect of connecting to the start point of the subsequent story and proceeding at a normal speed. Even when performing a fast-forward production that connects to the subsequent story and progresses at a normal speed, the player can always see the subsequent story from the start point, and which of the multiple stories It can be easily grasped whether the operation is performed. Therefore, the player can easily determine the magnitude of the sense of expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.

Feature E2.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 of the present invention group,
A game machine wherein the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or shorter than the duration of the preceding story.

  According to the feature E2 of the present invention group, the duration of the subsequent story is set to be equal to or less than the duration of the previous story, so that the duration is set longer than the duration of the previous story. In the case where the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced by the fast-forward effect execution unit and then connected to the second story and advanced at a normal speed, the entire duration of the reach display can be shortened.

Feature E3.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E1 or the feature E2 of the present invention group,
A gaming machine comprising a story type notifying unit (indicator IND1) for notifying a player which of the plurality of stories is in progress.

  According to the feature E3 of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story type notifying section for notifying the player which of the plurality of stories is in progress, so that the preceding story is quickly forwarded. Even when performing a fast forward production that connects to the subsequent story and progresses at normal speed after proceeding, the player can easily determine which of the multiple stories is in progress. I can figure it out. Therefore, the player can easily determine the magnitude of the sense of expectation, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the game can be improved.

Feature E4.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E1 to E3 of the present invention,
The expected effect execution means,
A gaming machine comprising a story progress notification section (indicator IND2) for notifying a player of the progress of the subsequent story.

  According to the feature E4 of the group of the present invention, the expected effect execution means includes the story progress degree notifying section for notifying the player of the progress of the subsequent story. Even in the case of performing a fast-forward effect of connecting at the middle of a story and proceeding at a normal speed, the player can easily grasp the progress of the subsequent story.

Feature E5.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E1 to E4 of the present invention,
The expected effect execution means,
After advancing the first story by advancing rapidly, a connection determination unit (step S2113) for determining whether to connect to the second story is provided.
If the connection determination unit determines that the connection is to be connected to the subsequent story, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story and proceeds at a normal speed. If the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is not made, the first story is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then the preceding story is maintained and progressed at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E5 of the group of the present invention, when the connection determination unit determines that the connection to the subsequent story is made by the connection determination unit, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the previous story, and then connects to the subsequent story to perform normal processing. If it is determined that the connection is not to be connected to the subsequent story by the connection determination unit, the previous story is fast forwarded and advanced, then the previous story is maintained and progressed at normal speed, The reach display can be diversified, and thus the degree of attention of the player to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature E6.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E5 of the present invention group,
An operation means (push button 25b) for receiving input of information by being operated by the player;
A gaming machine, wherein the connection determination unit determines that connection to the subsequent story is made by a player operating the operating means when the preceding story is being advanced and advanced.

  According to the feature E6 of the group of the present invention, the connection determination unit determines that connection is made to the subsequent story by operating the operating means by the player when the previous story is being fast-forwarded and proceeding, and By operating the operation means, the user can fast-forward and advance the first story, and then connect to the second story to progress at a normal speed. Therefore, the player can make a transition consciously between a plurality of stories, so that it is possible to easily judge the magnitude of the expectation, and to thereby improve the player's attention to the game. .

Feature E7.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E1 to E6 of the present invention,
The expected effect execution means,
A story replacement unit (replacement processing of a story with a medium degree of expectation) that replaces the preceding story with a specific story different from the preceding story,
The fast-forward effect execution unit executes a fast-forward effect in which the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit is fast-forwarded and advanced, and then connected to the subsequent story to progress at a normal speed. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E7 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and then connects to the subsequent story to advance at a normal speed. Is performed, the reach display can be diversified, and the player's attention to the game can be improved.

Feature E8.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E7 of the present invention group,
The expected effect execution means,
A replacement determination unit (processing in step S2009C) that determines whether to replace the previous story with the specific story;
If the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit determines the specific story from the previous story. A game machine characterized by maintaining the previous story when it is determined that the story is not replaced.

  According to the feature E8 of the present invention group, when the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is to be replaced with the specific story, the story replacement unit replaces the previous story with the specific story, and the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story. If it is determined that the story is not replaced with the specific story, the previous story is maintained, so that the reach display can be further diversified, and the player's attention to the fast-forward effect can be improved.

Feature E9.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E8 of the present invention group,
A launch means (firing handle 27) for launching a game ball toward a game area formed on the game board, a game ball flowing down the game area, and an internal lottery executed when the game ball enters. Starting ball entry means (upper working port 36),
The replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on a result of an internal lottery executed when a game ball enters the starting ball entry unit. A gaming machine.

  According to the feature E9 of the present invention group, the replacement determination unit determines whether or not to replace the previous story with the specific story based on the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry unit. Is determined, the previous story can be replaced with the specific story in association with the result of the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E10.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E9 of the present invention group,
When the internal lottery executed in response to the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry means is won, the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story, and the starting ball entry is performed. A gaming machine characterized in that it is determined that the preceding story is not replaced with the specific story if the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the means has not been won.

  According to the feature E10 of the present invention, the replacement determination unit determines that the previous story is replaced with the specific story when the internal lottery executed in response to the entry of the game ball into the starting ball entry unit is triggered. However, if the player does not win the internal lottery executed when the game ball enters the starting ball entry means, it will determine that the specific story will not be replaced from the previous story. You will pay attention to whether you have replaced a specific story. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the game.

Feature E11.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E7 to E10 of the present invention,
The game wherein the fast-forward effect execution unit performs the fast forward of the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit and proceeds to perform the impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and proceeded. Machine.

  According to the feature E11 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit fast-forwards and advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit, and performs impersonation as if the previous story was fast-forwarded and advanced. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to distinguish whether the previous story or the specific story is being fast-forwarded. Therefore, the player can enjoy the prediction of whether or not the previous story has been replaced with the specific story.

Feature E12.
In the gaming machine described in the feature E11 of the present invention group,
The fast-forward effect execution unit is configured to fast-forward and advance the preceding story by advancing the specific story replaced by the story replacing unit at a speed different from that of the preceding story. A gaming machine characterized by being disguised as follows.

  According to the feature E12 of the group of the present invention, the fast-forward effect execution unit advances the specific story replaced by the story replacement unit at a speed different from the fast-forward of the previous story, so that, for example, the fast story is performed at a high speed. When a specific story is prepared, and the specific story is fast-forwarded and advanced, it is as if the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced by fast-forwarding at a slower speed than when the previous story is fast-forwarded and advanced. Impersonation can be applied. Also, for example, when preparing a specific story with the previous story at a low speed and fast-forwarding a specific story, advance the previous story by fast-forwarding at a faster speed than when fast-forwarding and proceeding with the previous story. Can be disguised as if it were proceeding.

Feature E13.
In the gaming machine described in any one of the features E1 to E12 of the present invention,
A gaming machine wherein the reach display is set such that the degree of expectation of the subsequent story is higher than the degree of expectation of the preceding story.

  According to the feature E13 of the present invention, the reach display is set so that the expectation degree of the subsequent story is higher than the expectation degree of the preceding story. The higher the degree, the higher the degree of expectation of the reach display. Therefore, the gaming machine can improve the player's attention to the fast-forward effect.

  According to such a feature E group of the present invention, the player's attention to the game can be improved, and the following problem can be solved.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine provided with variable display means for displaying a plurality of patterns in a variable manner. This gaming machine executes an internal lottery such as a jackpot lottery when a game ball enters the operating port, and starts a variation display of a picture. For example, when the gaming machine wins a jackpot lottery, the gaming machine finally stops and displays a specific pattern combination on the display device, and shifts the gaming state to a specific control state advantageous to the player. In this specific control state, for example, the gaming machine pays out a large amount of gaming balls by shifting the variable winning device to a state in which gaming balls can enter.
By the way, such a gaming machine performs a reach display as an expected effect that makes the player expect that the gaming state will be shifted to the specific control state after starting the fluctuation display of the pattern. The reach display has, for example, a plurality of stories that are continuous in chronological order, performs an effect of fast-forwarding a part of these stories, and increases the sense of expectation of the player.

  However, such an effect of fast-forwarding a part of the story is such that the progress of the story is fast and the content is difficult to understand, so that it is difficult for the player to judge the magnitude of the expectation, and thus the player's game There is a problem that the degree of attention may decrease.

  As described above, the present invention can be suitably used for gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

  10: Pachinko machine, 35: General winning opening, 36: Upper working opening, 37: Lower working opening, 38: Variable winning device, 38a: Large winning opening, 38b: Opening / closing door, 38c: Variable winning drive, 39 ... Out Mouth, 40: right-side variable ball-in mechanism, 51: symbol display device, 60: main control device, 62: MPU, 90: sound emission control device, 92: MPU, 100: display control device, 102: MPU.

Claims (1)

Variably displaying means for variably displaying a plurality of pictures; and performing a reach display as an expected effect that causes the player to expect the game state to be shifted to a specific control state advantageous to the player by the variably displayed means. A gaming machine comprising an expected effect performing means
The reach indication is:
With multiple stories that are chronologically continuous,
The expected effect execution means,
A story selection unit that selects any one of the plurality of stories as a subsequent story;
A former story selecting section for selecting a former story in chronological order before the latter story,
After fast-forwarding the first story and proceeding, a fast-forward effect execution unit that executes a fast-forward effect that connects to the second story and proceeds at a normal speed,
A game machine comprising: a story type notifying unit that notifies a player of which story of the plurality of stories is in progress.

Images